{"title":"Workshop Machinery and Spare Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop machinery\u003c\/strong\u003e for lifting, mixing, painting and finishing: hoists and swivel jib arms, tool balancers, mixers, paint spray guns, wall sanders, heat guns, battery chargers and jump starters, and ozone generators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso includes \u003cstrong\u003emachinery spare parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: band saw blades, grinding wheels, drill chucks, sanding pads and abrasives, plus filters, bags and hoses for vacuum cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"pistola-pintar-profesional-gravedad-1857","title":"Professional gravity-feed spray gun","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you paint every day, the right nozzle makes the difference between a decent finish and a flawless one. This \u003cb\u003eprofessional gravity-feed spray gun\u003c\/b\u003e is available with \u003cb\u003efive nozzle sizes\u003c\/b\u003e so you can choose the perfect one for your product: \u003cb\u003e1.3 or 1.4 mm\u003c\/b\u003e for lacquers, varnishes and fine finishes; \u003cb\u003e1.7 mm\u003c\/b\u003e for enamels and medium-bodied paints; \u003cb\u003e2.0 or 2.5 mm\u003c\/b\u003e for primers and heavy products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cb\u003etop cup\u003c\/b\u003e uses gravity, so you paint at \u003cb\u003elow pressure\u003c\/b\u003e with less overspray and \u003cb\u003eget more out of the paint\u003c\/b\u003e. An air spray gun designed for bodyshops, joinery and industrial painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFive nozzles to choose from:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.3 \/ 1.4 \/ 1.7 \/ 2.0 \/ 2.5 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGravity feed:\u003c\/b\u003e lower pressure and better use of the product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProfessional finish:\u003c\/b\u003e even fan pattern for lacquers, enamels and primers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLess overspray:\u003c\/b\u003e less paint wasted and cleaner surroundings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHeavy-duty use:\u003c\/b\u003e designed for daily work in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBodywork: clear coats, base coats and primers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoinery: lacquers and varnishes on wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial painting of parts and machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimers and heavy products with 2.0 and 2.5 mm nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e gravity-feed air spray gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCup:\u003c\/b\u003e top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNozzles:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.3 \/ 1.4 \/ 1.7 \/ 2.0 \/ 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1.3-1.4 mm use:\u003c\/b\u003e lacquers, varnishes and fine finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1.7 mm use:\u003c\/b\u003e enamels and medium-bodied paints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2.0-2.5 mm use:\u003c\/b\u003e primers and heavy products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/b\u003e compressed air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e clean the gun as soon as you finish with the solvent for the product you have used; dried paint in the air passage is the number one cause of an uneven fan pattern. Work with a filter that removes water and oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nozzle should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.3-1.4 mm for varnishes and lacquers, 1.7 mm for enamels and medium paints, 2.0-2.5 mm for primers and thick products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with any compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs a compressor with sufficient air delivery and a regulator to set the working pressure; for painting, a filter that removes water and oil is also advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy gravity feed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the paint flows down to the nozzle on its own: you paint with less pressure and less overspray, and make better use of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for bodywork?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a professional gun for bodywork clear coats, base coats, fillers and primers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I maintain it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean it thoroughly after each use, check that the air passage is clear and store it with no paint residue in the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which nozzle should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.3-1.4 mm for varnishes and lacquers, 1.7 mm for enamels and medium paints, 2.0-2.5 mm for primers and thick products.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it work with any compressor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It needs a compressor with sufficient air delivery and a regulator to set the working pressure; for painting, a filter that removes water and oil is also advisable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why gravity feed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because the paint flows down to the nozzle on its own: you paint with less pressure and less overspray, and make better use of the product.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for bodywork?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is a professional gun for bodywork clear coats, base coats, fillers and primers.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I maintain it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Clean it thoroughly after each use, check that the air passage is clear and store it with no paint residue in the nozzle.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"1.3 mm nozzle","offer_id":54641397563739,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1857-1.3","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.4 mm nozzle","offer_id":54641397596507,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1857-1.4","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.7 mm nozzle","offer_id":54641397629275,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1857-1.7","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.0 mm nozzle","offer_id":54641397662043,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1857-2.0","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 mm nozzle","offer_id":54641397694811,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1857-2.5","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"juego-boquillas-pistola-gotele-ca-1805","title":"2A, 2B and 2C nozzle set for CA-1805 texture spray gun","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle decides the size of the droplet. With this \u003cb\u003e2A, 2B and 2C nozzle set\u003c\/b\u003e for the \u003cb\u003eCA-1805 gravity-feed texture spray gun\u003c\/b\u003e you can change the finish from one wall to the next, or replace a worn nozzle, and spray the texture \u003cb\u003eevenly and with the droplet size you want\u003c\/b\u003e again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes \u003cb\u003ethree nozzles\u003c\/b\u003e, one per position (2A, 2B and 2C), so you always have a spare on site. Changing them takes seconds and they extend the life of your texture spray gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an inexpensive spare part worth keeping in your site toolbox: a worn nozzle changes the finish and forces you to go over entire walls again. Store them clean and dry with the gun so they don't get mixed up with other parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree nozzles:\u003c\/b\u003e positions 2A, 2B and 2C in a single set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eChange the finish:\u003c\/b\u003e different droplet sizes with the same gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpare to hand:\u003c\/b\u003e avoid stopping work because of a worn nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGuaranteed compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e for the CA-1805 texture spray gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstant fitting:\u003c\/b\u003e changed in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn nozzles on the CA-1805 gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging the droplet size of the texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextured finishes on walls and ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing textured areas with the same finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eContents:\u003c\/b\u003e 3 nozzles: 2A, 2B and 2C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e CA-1805 gravity-feed texture spray gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e textured coatings on walls and ceilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e test each nozzle on a piece of cardboard before starting on the wall: that way you choose the droplet size you want. Wash the nozzles with water as soon as you finish, before the compound dries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich gun are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the CA-1805 gravity-feed texture spray gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many nozzles are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree: positions 2A, 2B and 2C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy change the nozzle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo vary the droplet size and the texture finish, or to replace a worn nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith water, straight after use and before the compound dries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the droplets come out irregular or the spray pattern loses uniformity even though the compound has the right consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which gun are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the CA-1805 gravity-feed texture spray gun.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many nozzles are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Three: positions 2A, 2B and 2C.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why change the nozzle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"To vary the droplet size and the texture finish, or to replace a worn nozzle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With water, straight after use and before the compound dries.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the droplets come out irregular or the spray pattern loses uniformity even though the compound has the right consistency.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Set · 3 nozzles","offer_id":54641397727579,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1805-BOQUILL","price":11.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"equilibrador-carga-herramientas-4-6-kg","title":"Load balancer for tools from 4 to 6 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003ePicking up and putting down the same tool hundreds of times a day tires your arms and back. This \u003cb\u003eload balancer\u003c\/b\u003e (spring balancer) for tools from \u003cb\u003e4 to 6 kg\u003c\/b\u003e hangs above the workstation and \u003cb\u003eoffsets their weight\u003c\/b\u003e: the tool stays suspended, light and always to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is very useful on assembly lines and in workshops where screwdrivers, impact wrenches or angle grinders are used repetitively. Less effort, fewer tools knocked onto the floor and a much tidier workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs well as looking after the operator, it protects the tool and the hose: nothing drags across the floor or falls off the bench, and each tool has its own fixed place at the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOffsets 4 to 6 kg:\u003c\/b\u003e the tool feels almost weightless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLess fatigue:\u003c\/b\u003e improves operator ergonomics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTool always to hand:\u003c\/b\u003e it does not fall or get lost on the bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtects the tool:\u003c\/b\u003e prevents knocks and falls to the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTidy workstation:\u003c\/b\u003e hose and tool kept above the workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly lines and series production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkstations with screwdrivers and impact wrenches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepetitive work with angle grinders or sanders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical and industrial workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e load balancer (spring balancer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/b\u003e 4 to 6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting:\u003c\/b\u003e suspended above the workstation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e adjust the balancer to the actual weight of the tool with its hose fitted: it should stay still at mid-height without rising or dropping. Always hang it from a strong point and check the cable regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat weight does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTools weighing between 4 and 6 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hanging the tool above the workstation, offsetting its weight and reducing operator fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to lift loads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a balancer for suspending tools, not a load-lifting device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHang the tool with its hose and adjust the tension until it stays still at mid-height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there models for other weights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, there are balancers with an aluminium housing for ranges from 0.4 to 14 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What weight does it take?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tools weighing between 4 and 6 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For hanging the tool above the workstation, offsetting its weight and reducing operator fatigue.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used to lift loads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is a balancer for suspending tools, not a load-lifting device.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I adjust it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Hang the tool with its hose and adjust the tension until it stays still at mid-height.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are there models for other weights?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, there are balancers with an aluminium housing for ranges from 0.4 to 14 kg.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641397956955,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-634","price":107.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"sierra-cinta-bimetalica-metal-2750x27-caja-2","title":"M42 bi-metal band saw blade for metal 2750 x 27 mm (box of 2)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eM42 cobalt bi-metal band saw blade\u003c\/b\u003e, \u003cb\u003e2750 x 27 mm\u003c\/b\u003e, for cutting metal on workshop band saws. The cobalt reinforcement gives it greater resistance to heat and abrasion than a conventional blade, so it lasts more cuts before losing its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold in a \u003cb\u003ebox of 2\u003c\/b\u003e and in two variable tooth pitches: \u003cb\u003e6\/10\u003c\/b\u003e for profiles, thick tube and solid bar, and \u003cb\u003e10\/14\u003c\/b\u003e for thin tube, sheet and thin-walled profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eM42 cobalt bi-metal:\u003c\/b\u003e hard teeth and a flexible body that resists fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVariable tooth pitch:\u003c\/b\u003e less vibration and a cleaner cut on profiles and tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDry cutting:\u003c\/b\u003e designed to work on workshop band saws with no hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBox of 2:\u003c\/b\u003e you always have a spare blade to hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStandard 2750 x 27 mm size:\u003c\/b\u003e used by many workshop metal-cutting band saws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting steel tube, profiles and solid bar in metalwork and boilermaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical and industrial maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBand saws that take a 2750 mm blade, such as the Femi N310.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing material for welding and steel structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e bi-metal band saw blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTooth material:\u003c\/b\u003e M42 cobalt high-speed steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 2750 x 27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTooth pitch:\u003c\/b\u003e 6\/10 or 10\/14 teeth per inch (depending on model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e dry metal cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e box of 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e choose the tooth pitch according to the wall thickness: there should be \u003cb\u003eat least 3 teeth\u003c\/b\u003e in the material. For thin tube or sheet, 10\/14; for thick profiles or solid bar, 6\/10. Running in a new blade with a lower feed rate for the first cuts greatly extends its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the blade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2750 mm long and 27 mm wide. Check that it matches the size specified for your band saw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tooth pitch should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\/10 for thick profiles, thick-walled tube and solid bar; 10\/14 for thin tube, sheet and thin-walled profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many blades are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach box contains 2 blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for wood?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for metal. For wood we offer dedicated bi-metal blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of M42 cobalt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt gives the teeth hardness and heat resistance, so the blade stays sharp for more cuts than a carbon steel blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size is the blade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2750 mm long and 27 mm wide. Check that it matches the size specified for your band saw.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which tooth pitch should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"6\/10 for thick profiles, thick-walled tube and solid bar; 10\/14 for thin tube, sheet and thin-walled profiles.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many blades are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each box contains 2 blades.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used for wood?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for metal. For wood we offer dedicated bi-metal blades.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of M42 cobalt?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It gives the teeth hardness and heat resistance, so the blade stays sharp for more cuts than a carbon steel blade.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"6\/10 teeth","offer_id":54641401921883,"sku":"CEVIK-FMCINT610310","price":89.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10\/14 teeth","offer_id":54641401954651,"sku":"CEVIK-FMCINT10\/14310","price":89.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/sierra-cinta-bimetalica-metal-2750x27-caja-2-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864089"},{"product_id":"cinta-sierra-bimetalica-madera","title":"Bi-metal band saw blade for wood","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBi-metal\u003c\/b\u003e replacement blades for \u003cb\u003evertical wood band saws\u003c\/b\u003e. They combine high-speed steel teeth welded to a flexible steel body, so they last considerably longer than a conventional blade and reduce stoppages for blade changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two lengths: \u003cb\u003e1400 mm\u003c\/b\u003e (widths of 3, 6 and 8 mm, thickness 0.35 mm) for small band saws, and \u003cb\u003e2560 mm\u003c\/b\u003e (widths of 10 and 20 mm, thickness 0.5 mm) for larger saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBi-metal:\u003c\/b\u003e high-speed steel teeth and a flexible body, more resistant to wear and fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMore cutting hours:\u003c\/b\u003e fewer blade changes and fewer stoppages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNarrow widths for curves:\u003c\/b\u003e 3 and 6 mm for contouring; 8, 10 and 20 mm for straight cuts and larger sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo lengths:\u003c\/b\u003e 1400 mm and 2560 mm, used by many woodworking band saws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry, cabinetmaking and model making.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved and contour cuts in board and solid wood (3 and 6 mm widths).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraight cuts and cutting battens and planks to size (8 to 20 mm widths).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for vertical wood band saws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e bi-metal band saw blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-speed steel teeth and steel body, welded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions (width x length x thickness):\u003c\/b\u003e 3, 6 and 8 x 1400 x 0.35 mm · 10 and 20 x 2560 x 0.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTooth pitch:\u003c\/b\u003e Z6 on the 1400 mm blades · Z4 on the 2560 mm blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplication:\u003c\/b\u003e wood cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the narrower the blade, the tighter the curve you can cut, but the more easily it wanders on straight cuts. For straight cuts, use the widest blade your saw accepts and \u003cb\u003erelease the blade tension\u003c\/b\u003e at the end of the day: you will extend the life of both the blade and the wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which length I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the blade length shown on your saw's rating plate or in its manual. These blades are 1400 mm and 2560 mm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich width should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 or 6 mm for tight curves and contours; 8, 10 or 20 mm for straight cuts and thick pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they cut metal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, they are designed for wood. For metal we offer dedicated M42 bi-metal blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of a bi-metal blade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith high-speed steel teeth, it stays sharp much longer than a conventional carbon steel blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tooth pitch do they have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1400 mm blades have Z6 tooth pitch and the 2560 mm blades have Z4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which length I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check the blade length shown on your saw's rating plate or in its manual. These blades are 1400 mm and 2560 mm long.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which width should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"3 or 6 mm for tight curves and contours; 8, 10 or 20 mm for straight cuts and thick pieces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can they cut metal?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, they are designed for wood. For metal we offer dedicated M42 bi-metal blades.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of a bi-metal blade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With high-speed steel teeth, it stays sharp much longer than a conventional carbon steel blade.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What tooth pitch do they have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 1400 mm blades have Z6 tooth pitch and the 2560 mm blades have Z4.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"3 x 1.400 x 0,35 mm","offer_id":54641402380635,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-183","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 1.400 x 0,35 mm","offer_id":54641402413403,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-184","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 1.400 x 0,35 mm","offer_id":54641402446171,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-185","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 x 2.560 x 0,5 mm","offer_id":54641402478939,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-171","price":66.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 x 2.560 x 0,5 mm","offer_id":54641402511707,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-172","price":66.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cinta-sierra-bimetalica-madera-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864123"},{"product_id":"plato-lijado-lijadora-pared-jirafa","title":"Sanding pad for long-reach wall sander","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour drywall sander grips the sanding disc like new again.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement sanding pad for the \u003cstrong\u003eCP31-800LED\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCP31-900BS\u003c\/strong\u003e long-reach wall sanders. When the pad's hook and loop wears out, the discs stop holding, fly off or burn: replacing the pad restores the machine's full performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a simple spare part that saves you replacing the whole sander and lets you keep sanding walls and ceilings with an even finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e for CP31-800LED or CP31-900BS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip restored:\u003c\/strong\u003e the discs are held firmly again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFewer wasted discs:\u003c\/strong\u003e healthy hook and loop stops the abrasive from burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings:\u003c\/strong\u003e extends the life of the sander without replacing the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a pad with worn or damaged hook and loop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding plasterboard, plaster and filler on walls and ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance of long-reach drywall sanders in painting companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to change the pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnplug the sander, remove the sanding disc and take off the worn pad. Fit the new one, tighten it well and check that it runs true before fitting a new disc. A pad in good condition spreads the pressure evenly and avoids marks on the wall. Inspect the pad from time to time to spot wear early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacement sanding pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-800LED · CP31-900BS (choose yours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-800-3 · CP31-900BS-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e never sand with the pad bare: the hook and loop is destroyed in seconds when it rubs against the wall. And always connect the sander to a vacuum so dust does not build up on the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one that matches your sander model: CP31-800LED or CP31-900BS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the hook and loop no longer holds the discs or the pad is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the hook and loop wear out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of heat and friction, especially if you sand without a disc or with very worn discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for other sanders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the CP31-800LED and CP31-900BS long-reach sanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check when fitting it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat it is firmly fixed and centred, and that the sanding disc adheres fully to the hook and loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which pad do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one that matches your sander model: CP31-800LED or CP31-900BS.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the hook and loop no longer holds the discs or the pad is damaged.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the hook and loop wear out?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because of heat and friction, especially if you sand without a disc or with very worn discs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for other sanders?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is intended for the CP31-800LED and CP31-900BS long-reach sanders.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What should I check when fitting it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"That it is firmly fixed and centred, and that the sanding disc adheres fully to the hook and loop.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"For CP31-800LED","offer_id":54641405526363,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-800-3","price":8.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For CP31-900BS","offer_id":54641405559131,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-900BS-3","price":7.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"lijas-triangulares-grano-240-pack-6","title":"240 grit triangular sanding sheets - pack of 6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe last step for a flawless paint finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 6 triangular sanding sheets in \u003cstrong\u003e240 grit\u003c\/strong\u003e for the CP31-1111 triangular sander pad. It is a fine grit, designed for the final finish and for keying surfaces before painting or varnishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir triangular shape gets into corners, edges and junctions, so the whole wall is left with the same texture, with no rougher areas at the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine 240 grit:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth, even finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriangular shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e reaches corners and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor keying:\u003c\/strong\u003e prepares the surface so the paint adheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 6:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough for several jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal finishing of walls and ceilings before painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeying between coats of paint or varnish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine touching up of corners and junctions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to get the most out of them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore using 240 grit, make sure the surface has already been levelled with coarser grits. Place the sheet centred on the triangular pad, work with light pressure and smooth movements, and replace it when it clogs with dust. When you have finished, remove the dust with a dry cloth or the vacuum: this way the paint adheres better and the finish is even across the whole wall. Connect the sander to a vacuum to work with less dust in the air. Store any spare sheets in a dry, flat place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e triangular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 sanding sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-1111 triangular sander pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e work from coarse to fine grit without skipping steps; 240 should be the last, not the first. Wipe off the dust with a dry cloth before painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the CP31-1111 triangular sander pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sanding sheets are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 sheets of 240 grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is 240 grit used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the final finish and for keying surfaces before painting or varnishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I start sanding with 240 grit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended: start with a coarser grit (100 or 150) and finish with 240.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre other grits available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, we also offer hook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets in 100 and 150 grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which pad are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the CP31-1111 triangular sander pad.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many sanding sheets are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"6 sheets of 240 grit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is 240 grit used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the final finish and for keying surfaces before painting or varnishing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I start sanding with 240 grit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not recommended: start with a coarser grit (100 or 150) and finish with 240.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are other grits available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, we also offer hook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets in 100 and 150 grit.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pack · 6 units","offer_id":54641405624667,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1118","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"portabrocas-automatico-13-16-mm","title":"Keyless drill chuck","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChange bits in seconds, without hunting for the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e Keyless chuck with a capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e13 or 16 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e: it tightens and releases by hand, so you can switch from drilling to screwdriving or from one bit to another without wasting time or losing the key around the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the ideal spare part to upgrade a drill with a keyed chuck or to replace one that no longer grips the bit properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyless:\u003c\/strong\u003e tightens and releases by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick changes:\u003c\/strong\u003e more productivity on jobs using several bits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo capacities:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 mm or 16 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a worn chuck or one with play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the chuck on a drill or pillar drill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry, locksmith and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJobs with frequent bit changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the old chuck following your drill's manual and clean the spindle or mounting taper. Fit the new one, check that it is properly seated and do a test run without load to make sure the bit spins true. With a keyless chuck, tighten firmly by hand: the more the drill works, the tighter it grips the bit. If the bit slips, tighten again before continuing, and clear the chips from the chuck after each job. A chuck in good condition also protects your bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e keyless chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 mm · 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP12-903 · CP12-904\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e before buying, check your drill's mounting thread or taper to make sure it fits. Clean the spindle thoroughly before fitting: any dirt will make the bit run off-centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a key?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is keyless: it tightens and releases by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my drill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your machine's mounting type (thread or taper) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich capacity should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one that matches the maximum bit diameter you use: 13 mm or 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is it worth replacing the chuck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the bit slips, wobbles or the chuck no longer tightens properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I maintain it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean chips and dust off it regularly and do not hit it to release the bit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need a key?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is keyless: it tightens and releases by hand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my drill?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check your machine's mounting type (thread or taper) before ordering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which capacity should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one that matches the maximum bit diameter you use: 13 mm or 16 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When is it worth replacing the chuck?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the bit slips, wobbles or the chuck no longer tightens properly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I maintain it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Clean chips and dust off it regularly and do not hit it to release the bit.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"13 mm","offer_id":54641405755739,"sku":"CEVIK-CP12-903","price":23.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 mm","offer_id":54641405788507,"sku":"CEVIK-CP12-904","price":34.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"bolsas-papel-aspirador-bidon-pack-5","title":"Paper bags for drum vacuum cleaner (pack of 5)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty your vacuum in seconds without getting covered in dust.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 5 paper bags for drum vacuum cleaners: the porous paper lets air through and traps dust, sawdust and dirt before they reach the filter and the motor. When it is full, you remove the whole bag and throw it away, with no dust clouds and no dirty drum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are three versions depending on your vacuum: stainless steel 20 and 30 L series, stainless steel 50 L or industrial 77 L. Choose yours and protect the main filter, which is the most expensive part to replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean emptying:\u003c\/strong\u003e the dirt stays inside the bag, not in the drum or in the air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the filter:\u003c\/strong\u003e coarse dust stays in the paper and the cartridge lasts longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintains suction:\u003c\/strong\u003e the motor works more easily with a clean filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough for many cleaning sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry site clean-up: dust, sawdust and sanding residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for 20, 30 and 50 L stainless steel drum vacuums or 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 paper bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry waste only (dust, sawdust, dirt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e stainless steel 20 and 30 L (CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT) · stainless steel 50 L (CE-PRO50XT) · industrial 77 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e do not use the bag to vacuum liquids or wet debris, as the paper falls apart. Remove it and fit the liquid filter before vacuuming water, then put it back once the drum is dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used to vacuum water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, paper bags are for dry waste only. For liquids, remove the bag and use your vacuum's liquid filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bags are in each pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains 5 paper bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich version do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the vacuum: there is a version for the 20 and 30 L stainless steel models (CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT), for the 50 L stainless steel model (CE-PRO50XT) and for the 77 L industrial models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy use a bag if the vacuum already has a filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag traps dust before the filter, so the filter gets less dirty, the vacuum keeps its suction better and emptying it is much cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the bag be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you notice the suction dropping or the bag is full; do not wait until it tears, so that the filter stays clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can they be used to vacuum water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, paper bags are for dry waste only. For liquids, remove the bag and use your vacuum's liquid filter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many bags are in each pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each pack contains 5 paper bags.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which version do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on the vacuum: there is a version for the 20 and 30 L stainless steel models (CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT), for the 50 L stainless steel model (CE-PRO50XT) and for the 77 L industrial models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why use a bag if the vacuum already has a filter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bag traps dust before the filter, so the filter gets less dirty, the vacuum keeps its suction better and emptying it is much cleaner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should the bag be changed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When you notice the suction dropping or the bag is full; do not wait until it tears, so that the filter stays clean.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"For 20 and 30 L stainless steel vacuums","offer_id":54641405854043,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1001","price":13.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For 50 L stainless steel vacuum","offer_id":54641405886811,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1002","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For 77 L industrial vacuum","offer_id":54641405919579,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FI005C-5","price":50.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bolsas-papel-aspirador-bidon-pack-5-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864258"},{"product_id":"bolsas-recambio-aspirador-2200w-cp31-501","title":"Replacement bags for 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum (pack of 5)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour 2200 W vacuum performing like new.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 5 replacement bags for the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model CP31-501. They trap dust and dirt so that the filter and motor work clean and suction does not drop in the middle of the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper and lower bags are sold separately, so you only replace the one you use up and do not pay for what you do not need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuy only what you need:\u003c\/strong\u003e upper or lower bags sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstant suction:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean bag stops the filter from clogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough for several jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtraction of sanding dust from walls and ceilings with a connected sander.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSite clean-up, renovations and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine maintenance of the CP31-501 vacuum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy it pays to keep spare bags\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaster, filler and sanding dust is very fine and clogs the bag sooner than you would think. Keeping a spare pack in the van avoids working at half suction, protects the vacuum filter and saves you stoppages in the middle of a job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e upper part · lower part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200 W CP31-501 wet and dry vacuum cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e with a wall sander, plaster dust quickly saturates the bag: change it as soon as you notice the suction dropping and the vacuum will always perform at its best. Always keep a spare pack in the van.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuum are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model CP31-501.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bags does it include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 bags per pack, for the upper or lower part depending on the version you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the upper and lower part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are the two bags used by the CP31-501 vacuum; they are sold separately so you only replace the one that has been used up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I change them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the suction drops noticeably or the bag is full, especially if you are vacuuming fine plaster or sanding dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I vacuum liquids with the bag fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo vacuum liquids, follow the instructions in the vacuum's manual and use its liquid filter; the bags are designed for dust and dry dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuum are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model CP31-501.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many bags does it include?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"5 bags per pack, for the upper or lower part depending on the version you choose.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the upper and lower part?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are the two bags used by the CP31-501 vacuum; they are sold separately so you only replace the one that has been used up.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I change them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the suction drops noticeably or the bag is full, especially if you are vacuuming fine plaster or sanding dust.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I vacuum liquids with the bag fitted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"To vacuum liquids, follow the instructions in the vacuum's manual and use its liquid filter; the bags are designed for dust and dry dirt.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Upper part","offer_id":54641406148955,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501BOLSA","price":23.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lower part","offer_id":54641406181723,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501BOLSA2","price":16.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bolsas-recambio-aspirador-2200w-cp31-501-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864271"},{"product_id":"portabrocas-taladro-columna-cp12-953-961","title":"Chuck for CP12-953 and CP12-961 pillar drills","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestore the precision of your pillar drill.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement chuck for the \u003cstrong\u003eCP12-953\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCP12-961\u003c\/strong\u003e pillar drills. A chuck with play makes the bit wobble and wander, leaving oval holes; replacing it restores the accuracy you expect from a pillar drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a dedicated spare part for these two models, so it fits without adaptation and in a few minutes you are drilling again with the bit perfectly centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e for CP12-953 and CP12-961 pillar drills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bit spins true again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect fitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e no adapters needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtends the life of the drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e without replacing the whole machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a chuck that has play, is damaged or does not tighten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachining, locksmith and carpentry workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillar drill maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnplug the drill and remove the old chuck. Thoroughly clean the spindle taper and the seat of the new chuck, fit it and seat it firmly. Do a test run without load using a straight bit to check there is no runout before starting work. Check the tightness from time to time if you work with large bits. With the new chuck you will notice the difference from the very first hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacement chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP12-953 and CP12-961 pillar drills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP12-909\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean the spindle taper thoroughly before fitting the new chuck: a speck of dirt is enough to throw it off-centre. Always clamp the workpiece in a vice when drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich drills is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the CP12-953 and CP12-961 pillar drills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the bit no longer runs centred or the chuck does not tighten properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adapters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is the dedicated spare part for those two models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do before fitting it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThoroughly clean the spindle taper and the inside of the chuck so that it seats perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for other drills?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the CP12-953 and CP12-961 models; for other machines, check the mounting type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which drills is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the CP12-953 and CP12-961 pillar drills.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the bit no longer runs centred or the chuck does not tighten properly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need adapters?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is the dedicated spare part for those two models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What should I do before fitting it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Thoroughly clean the spindle taper and the inside of the chuck so that it seats perfectly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for other drills?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is intended for the CP12-953 and CP12-961 models; for other machines, check the mounting type.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641406706011,"sku":"CEVIK-CP12-909","price":40.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"saco-filtrante-poliester-aspirador-industrial-5-uds","title":"Polyester filter sack for industrial vacuum (5 units)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePack of \u003cb\u003e5 polyester filter sacks\u003c\/b\u003e for \u003cb\u003ehigh-capacity drum vacuums\u003c\/b\u003e. Their sack shape provides a large filtering surface, so the vacuum \u003cb\u003emaintains suction for longer\u003c\/b\u003e before clogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolyester resists moisture and is more durable than paper, so it is suitable for dry and wet waste in the daily cleaning of workshops, warehouses and construction sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTough polyester:\u003c\/b\u003e withstands moisture and heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSack shape:\u003c\/b\u003e more filtering surface and less loss of suction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDry and wet:\u003c\/b\u003e suitable for dust and wet waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePack of 5:\u003c\/b\u003e replacements for many working days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity industrial drum vacuums (such as the 77 L models).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning workshops, warehouses and stores.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning and maintenance companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFormat:\u003c\/b\u003e filter sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eContents:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWaste:\u003c\/b\u003e dry and wet (not hazardous or toxic substances)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e inspect the sack from time to time and clean it after each use according to the vacuum's instructions; as soon as you see tears or wear, replace it to protect the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete your kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe filter sack works best together with a main filter in good condition. Also keep a liquid filter to hand for wet days, a replacement hose and the right brushes and nozzles for each surface: that way your industrial vacuum will be ready for any cleaning job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuums is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor high-capacity drum vacuums. Check that the size matches your machine; it is commonly used in the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with wet waste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, polyester resists moisture. It must not be used with hazardous or toxic substances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sacks are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is its advantage over a paper bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more resistant to moisture, more durable and its sack shape increases the filtering surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the filter sack maintained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect it from time to time and clean it after each use according to the vacuum's instructions; if you see tears or wear, replace it to protect the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuums is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For high-capacity drum vacuums. Check that the size matches your machine; it is commonly used in the 77 L industrial vacuums.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used with wet waste?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, polyester resists moisture. It must not be used with hazardous or toxic substances.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many sacks are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"5 units.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is its advantage over a paper bag?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is more resistant to moisture, more durable and its sack shape increases the filtering surface.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is the filter sack maintained?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Inspect it from time to time and clean it after each use according to the vacuum's instructions; if you see tears or wear, replace it to protect the motor.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Pack · 5 units","offer_id":54641406804315,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FI005P\/5","price":78.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"filtros-recambio-aspirador-2200w-cp31-501","title":"Replacement filters for 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDust or water: the right filter for every job with your 2200 W vacuum.\u003c\/strong\u003e Original replacement filters for the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model \u003cstrong\u003eCP31-501\u003c\/strong\u003e: the solids cartridge, which traps dust, and the liquid filter, for vacuuming water without damaging the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both to hand, you can go from sanding walls to picking up water without wasting time, and keep the vacuum working at full power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated spare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartridge for dust and filter for water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtected motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e neither dust nor liquid reaches the turbine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction restored:\u003c\/strong\u003e a new filter brings back the original performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtraction of sanding and construction dust with the solids cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicking up water and liquids with the liquid filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine maintenance of the CP31-501 vacuum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to choose the right filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sanding walls, cutting or cleaning up construction dust, use the solids cartridge, ideally together with the replacement bags. For picking up water, mopping or liquid residue, switch to the liquid filter. Having both lets you move from one job to another without any risk to the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e solids cartridge (dust) · liquid filter (water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-501FP · CP31-501FA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e shake or blow out the cartridge after each very dusty job and replace it when it is torn or no longer recovers suction. Before vacuuming water, switch to the liquid filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solids cartridge is used when vacuuming dust and dry dirt; the liquid filter, when vacuuming water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich model are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model CP31-501.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the solids cartridge for water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended: for liquids, fit the dedicated filter and let the cartridge dry before using it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the cartridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake it or blow air through it from the inside out after each very dusty job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should it be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which one do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The solids cartridge is used when vacuuming dust and dry dirt; the liquid filter, when vacuuming water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which model are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the 2200 W wet and dry vacuum cleaner, model CP31-501.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the solids cartridge for water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not recommended: for liquids, fit the dedicated filter and let the cartridge dry before using it again.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean the cartridge?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shake it or blow air through it from the inside out after each very dusty job.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should it be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Solids cartridge","offer_id":54641407230299,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501FP","price":20.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Liquid filter","offer_id":54641407263067,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501FA","price":12.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/filtros-recambio-aspirador-2200w-cp31-501-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864323"},{"product_id":"cinta-sierra-bimetalica-6-mm","title":"Bi-metal blade for band saw","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTight curves and clean contours without fighting the blade.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e6 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e bi-metal band saw blade: its narrow width lets you turn in small radii and follow complex lines, and the bi-metal design, with a flexible body and hard teeth, withstands many more hours of cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two sizes: 1790 x 0.35 mm and 2240 x 0.5 mm (Z6). Choose the one that matches your machine's length and get back a fine, precise cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBi-metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e flexible body and hard teeth for longer cutting life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 mm wide:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for curved cuts and tight contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1790 mm and 2240 mm for different saws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFewer stoppages:\u003c\/strong\u003e lasts longer than a conventional blade before losing its edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved and contour cuts on a band saw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry work, models and custom pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the worn or broken blade on your saw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e bi-metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (length x thickness):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1790 x 0.35 mm · 2240 x 0.5 mm (Z6)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP28-187 · CP28-577\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the length must match your saw exactly; check it in the manual or on the old blade before ordering. And release the blade tension at the end of the day: you will extend its life and that of the wheels. Also check the tension and the saw guide when fitting the new blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which size I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the length shown in your band saw's manual or marked on the used blade: 1790 mm or 2240 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the bi-metal blade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines a flexible body with hard teeth, giving it a longer cutting life than a conventional blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a 6 mm blade used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts narrow width allows curved cuts and tight contours; for long straight cuts, a wider blade is better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the two sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1790 mm blade is 0.35 mm thick and the 2240 mm blade is 0.5 mm thick with Z6 tooth pitch; each one suits saws of a different size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the cut becomes slow or wanders, or the blade has damaged teeth or cracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which size I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"From the length shown in your band saw's manual or marked on the used blade: 1790 mm or 2240 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of the bi-metal blade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It combines a flexible body with hard teeth, giving it a longer cutting life than a conventional blade.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is a 6 mm blade used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Its narrow width allows curved cuts and tight contours; for long straight cuts, a wider blade is better.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the two sizes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 1790 mm blade is 0.35 mm thick and the 2240 mm blade is 0.5 mm thick with Z6 tooth pitch; each one suits saws of a different size.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the cut becomes slow or wanders, or the blade has damaged teeth or cracks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"6 x 1.790 x 0,35 mm","offer_id":54641407918427,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-187","price":37.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 x 2.240 x 0,5 mm · Z6","offer_id":54641407951195,"sku":"CEVIK-CP28-577","price":45.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"filtros-recambio-aspirador-inox-20-50-litros","title":"Replacement filters for 20-50 L stainless steel tank vacuums","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your stainless steel vacuum working like new.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement filters for the series of wet and dry vacuums with a \u003cstrong\u003e20, 30 and 50 litre\u003c\/strong\u003e stainless steel tank: the solids cartridge and the liquid filters, which are sold in packs of 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA filter in good condition is what separates a vacuum that performs from one that just makes noise: it protects the motor, maintains suction and stops dust from returning to the air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor the stainless steel series:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT and CE-PRO50XT.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry and wet:\u003c\/strong\u003e solids cartridge and liquid filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 2 liquid filters:\u003c\/strong\u003e you always have one drying and another ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtected motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e neither dust nor water reaches the turbine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning workshops, garages and construction sites with dry waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicking up water with the liquid filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine replacement of the stainless steel series filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to choose the right filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dust, sawdust and dry dirt, use the solids cartridge, preferably with a paper bag. For water and liquids, remove the cartridge and bag and fit the liquid filter. With two liquid filters, you can always leave one drying while you use the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e solids cartridge · liquid filter (2 units)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT and CE-PRO50XT stainless steel vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-AS1005 · CE-AS1008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cartridge is used dry, ideally with a paper bag; to vacuum water, switch to the liquid filter and let the cartridge dry before refitting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they compatible with my vacuum?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are intended for the 20, 30 and 50 litre stainless steel tank vacuums (CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT and CE-PRO50XT).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many liquid filters are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid filter version includes 2 units; the solids cartridge is sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the cartridge without a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but with a paper bag the cartridge gets much less dirty and lasts longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich filter do I use to vacuum water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid filter; remove the solids cartridge and the bag first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should they be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen they are torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are they compatible with my vacuum?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are intended for the 20, 30 and 50 litre stainless steel tank vacuums (CE-PRO20X, CE-PRO30XT and CE-PRO50XT).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many liquid filters are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The liquid filter version includes 2 units; the solids cartridge is sold individually.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the cartridge without a bag?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, but with a paper bag the cartridge gets much less dirty and lasts longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which filter do I use to vacuum water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The liquid filter; remove the solids cartridge and the bag first.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should they be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When they are torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Solids cartridge","offer_id":54641408606555,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1008","price":15.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Liquid filter · 2 pcs","offer_id":54641408639323,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1005","price":11.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/filtros-recambio-aspirador-inox-20-50-litros-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864368"},{"product_id":"filtro-liquidos-aspirador-industrial-77-litros","title":"Liquid filter for 77-litre industrial vacuum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum water and liquids without putting the motors at risk.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement filter for wet work with the 1- and 3-motor \u003cstrong\u003e77-litre industrial vacuums\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its job is to stop water and dirt from reaching the motors, the most expensive part of the vacuum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEssential if your vacuum alternates between dust and liquid jobs: remove the solids filter, fit this one and pick up water, light sludge or mopping residue with complete peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the motors:\u003c\/strong\u003e stops water and dirt from reaching the turbine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1 and 3 motors:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e rinse it and leave it to dry after each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick change:\u003c\/strong\u003e switch from vacuuming dust to vacuuming liquids in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicking up water in warehouses, garages and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning after industrial floor scrubbing or small floods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement liquid filter for the 77 L vacuums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to switch from dust to liquids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore vacuuming water, empty the drum, remove the solids filter or bag and fit this liquid filter. When you have finished, empty the water, rinse the filter and leave it to dry before going back to dry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e liquid filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77-litre industrial vacuums (1 and 3 motors)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-ACCA165A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e after vacuuming liquids, wash the filter with clean water and let it air-dry before storing it. Empty the drum too: leaving dirty water inside causes bad smells and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuum is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 77-litre industrial drum vacuums, both 1-motor and 3-motor models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is best to rinse it with clean water and let it air-dry after each use with liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to vacuum dust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for liquids; for dust and dry waste, use the solids filter or cartridge and, if you wish, filter bags or sacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I vacuum water without this filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater and dirt could reach the motors and damage them; that is why it is important to fit it before wet work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is torn, deformed or no longer comes clean after washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuum is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the 77-litre industrial drum vacuums, both 1-motor and 3-motor models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be washed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is best to rinse it with clean water and let it air-dry after each use with liquids.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used to vacuum dust?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for liquids; for dust and dry waste, use the solids filter or cartridge and, if you wish, filter bags or sacks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if I vacuum water without this filter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Water and dirt could reach the motors and damage them; that is why it is important to fit it before wet work.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is torn, deformed or no longer comes clean after washing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641408704859,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACCA165A","price":13.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/filtro-liquidos-aspirador-industrial-77-litros-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864378"},{"product_id":"muela-agua-afiladora-200x40-grano-150","title":"Water wheel for sharpener 200 x 40 mm, 150 grit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRazor-sharp edges without burning the steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Wet sharpener wheel, \u003cstrong\u003e200 mm in diameter, 40 mm wide with a 20 mm bore\u003c\/strong\u003e, in 150 grit. Wet sharpening works at low speed without heating the edge, which is why it is the preferred method for chisels, blades, plane irons and knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the original wheel wears down or goes out of round, replacing it gives your sharpener back an even, controlled edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo overheating of the edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e the water cools it and the steel keeps its temper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 grit:\u003c\/strong\u003e a good balance between speed and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 x 40 mm with a 20 mm bore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise sharpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for woodworking tools and knives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharpening chisels, gouges and plane irons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlades, scissors and kitchen or trade knives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and cabinetmaking workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to sharpen with a water wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFill the reservoir before switching on the sharpener and rest the tool on the support at the edge angle you want to achieve. Work with light, steady pressure, moving the tool across the width of the wheel so it wears evenly. When you have finished, empty the water and clean off the abrasive sludge. If the wheel loses its flatness with use, true it before it affects the sharpening. Store the wheel dry when you are not going to use it for a while.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 x 40 x 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e wet sharpening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-MUELAGUA200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always keep water in the reservoir while sharpening: a dry wheel clogs and the edge overheats. Empty the reservoir when you finish so the wheel is not left submerged for days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sharpener takes this wheel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWet sharpeners with a 200 mm diameter wheel and a 20 mm spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat grit is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e40 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy sharpen wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it works at low speed and the water cools the edge, so the steel does not burn or lose its temper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tools can I sharpen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChisels, blades, plane irons, knives and similar cutting tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which sharpener takes this wheel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Wet sharpeners with a 200 mm diameter wheel and a 20 mm spindle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What grit is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"150 grit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How wide is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"40 mm wide.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why sharpen wet?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because it works at low speed and the water cools the edge, so the steel does not burn or lose its temper.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which tools can I sharpen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chisels, blades, plane irons, knives and similar cutting tools.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641408803163,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MUELAGUA200","price":61.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"filtro-poliester-aspirador-bidon-44-cm","title":"Polyester filter for drum vacuum, 44 cm diameter","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA robust filter that protects the motors of your industrial vacuum.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e polyester filter for wide-mouth industrial drum vacuums. Polyester is tough and durable: it traps dust so it does not reach the motors and withstands daily use better than paper filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your vacuum has lost suction or the original filter is torn, this replacement restores its performance and extends the life of the turbine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTough polyester:\u003c\/strong\u003e more durable than paper under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e traps dust before the turbine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide mouth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 cm diameter for industrial drums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores suction:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a torn or clogged filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide-mouth industrial drum vacuums, such as the 77-litre models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning warehouses, workshops and construction sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning and maintenance companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to replace the filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the vacuum is noisier than usual, loses suction even when the drum is empty or blows dust out of the air outlet, the filter is clogged or torn. Replacing it in time protects the motors, which are the most expensive part of the machine, and restores the vacuum's original performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e industrial drum vacuum cleaners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-FA044P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e before buying, measure the mouth of your drum: this filter is 44 cm in diameter. Shake it gently after each very dusty job and do not wash it with pressurised water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is 44 cm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuums is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor wide-mouth industrial drum vacuums, such as the 77-litre models. Check your machine's diameter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made of polyester, a tough and durable material for heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I keep it clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake it or tap it gently to release the dust when you notice the suction dropping, without using pressurised water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 44 cm in diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuums is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For wide-mouth industrial drum vacuums, such as the 77-litre models. Check your machine's diameter before ordering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What material is it made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is made of polyester, a tough and durable material for heavy use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I keep it clean?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shake it or tap it gently to release the dust when you notice the suction dropping, without using pressurised water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is torn or when, after cleaning, the vacuum no longer recovers its suction.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641408901467,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FA044P","price":29.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"muela-abrasiva-esmeriladora-banco","title":"Grinding wheel for bench grinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestore the cutting and sharpening performance of your bench grinder.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement grinding wheel in two sizes, \u003cstrong\u003e150 x 20 x 16 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e200 x 20 x 20 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (diameter x width x bore). A worn or unbalanced wheel vibrates, overheats the workpiece and sharpens poorly: replacing it restores the machine's precision and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the grit according to the job: 36 grit for fast rough grinding and material removal, and 60 grit for finer tool sharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm with a 16 mm bore or 200 mm with a 20 mm bore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo grits:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 for rough grinding and 60 for fine sharpening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreater precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e a new wheel runs balanced and without wobbling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for bench grinders with these dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharpening cold chisels, drill bits, wood chisels and cutting tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRough grinding and deburring metal parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance, locksmith and carpentry workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafe fitting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnplug the grinder, remove the old wheel and check that the new one matches in diameter and bore. Tighten the nut without overdoing it, refit the guard and the tool rest, and let the machine run idle for a few seconds before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 x 20 x 16 mm · 200 x 20 x 20 mm (diameter x width x bore)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrits:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 · 60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e bench grinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e before fitting a new wheel, tap it gently with a wooden handle: if it sounds dull it may be cracked and must not be used. Set the tool rest close to the wheel and always work with safety goggles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one matching your grinder's diameter and spindle: 150 mm with a 16 mm bore or 200 mm with a 20 mm bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grit should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e36 for rough grinding and fast material removal; 60 for sharpening and a better finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the wheel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes are 20 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check that the wheel is in good condition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTap it gently with a wooden handle before fitting it: if it sounds dull it may be cracked and must not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat protection do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety goggles or a face shield and gloves; never remove the grinder's guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which size do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one matching your grinder's diameter and spindle: 150 mm with a 16 mm bore or 200 mm with a 20 mm bore.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which grit should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"36 for rough grinding and fast material removal; 60 for sharpening and a better finish.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How wide is the wheel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both sizes are 20 mm wide.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I check that the wheel is in good condition?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tap it gently with a wooden handle before fitting it: if it sounds dull it may be cracked and must not be used.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What protection do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Safety goggles or a face shield and gloves; never remove the grinder's guard.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"150 x 20 x 16 mm · 36 grit","offer_id":54641408999771,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MUELA150GR36","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 x 20 x 16 mm · 60 grit","offer_id":54641409032539,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MUELA150GR60","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 x 20 x 20 mm · 36 grit","offer_id":54641409065307,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MUELA200GR36","price":20.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 x 20 x 20 mm · 60 grit","offer_id":54641409098075,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MUELA200GR60","price":20.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"cartucho-filtrante-conico-hepa-202-mm","title":"202 mm HEPA conical filter cartridge for industrial vacuum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eConical 202 mm\u003c\/b\u003e filter cartridge with \u003cb\u003eHEPA filter media\u003c\/b\u003e for \u003cb\u003eindustrial\u003c\/b\u003e and high-capacity \u003cb\u003edrum vacuum cleaners\u003c\/b\u003e. According to the manufacturer, it retains at least \u003cb\u003e99.97% of 0.3 micron particles\u003c\/b\u003e: fine dust, pollen, mould and bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts conical shape improves airflow and spreads the dirt better inside the drum, so the vacuum loses less suction as it fills with dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHEPA filtration:\u003c\/b\u003e traps the finest dust that escapes a standard filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConical shape:\u003c\/b\u003e better airflow and less clogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFor fine dust:\u003c\/b\u003e plaster, cement, sanded wood and construction dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCleaner air:\u003c\/b\u003e less dust released back into the working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtraction of fine dust during renovation, sanding and cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops and warehouses where a less dusty environment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for high-capacity industrial drum vacuums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e conical filter cartridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFilter media:\u003c\/b\u003e HEPA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/b\u003e 202 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEfficiency stated by the manufacturer:\u003c\/b\u003e ≥ 99.97% of 0.3 µm particles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e industrial drum vacuum cleaners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e a HEPA filter only performs when it is dry and clean: do not use it for liquids, and shake it gently (never with pressurised water) when you notice the suction dropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete your kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo get the most out of the HEPA cartridge, combine it with filter bags or sacks that trap coarse dust before the filter, keep a liquid filter to hand for wet jobs, and protect yourself with a mask and goggles when sanding or cutting materials that raise fine dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuum is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial or high-capacity drum vacuums that take a 202 mm conical cartridge. Check the size for your machine before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a HEPA filter retain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer, at least 99.97% of 0.3 micron particles: fine dust, pollen, mould and bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for liquids?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. To vacuum water, you need to remove it and use the liquid filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should it be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it is damaged or when, after cleaning, it no longer restores suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the HEPA cartridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake it gently when you notice the suction dropping, never with pressurised water, and do not use it to vacuum liquids: a HEPA filter only performs when it is dry and clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuum is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For industrial or high-capacity drum vacuums that take a 202 mm conical cartridge. Check the size for your machine before buying.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does a HEPA filter retain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the manufacturer, at least 99.97% of 0.3 micron particles: fine dust, pollen, mould and bacteria.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used for liquids?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. To vacuum water, you need to remove it and use the liquid filter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be replaced?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When it is damaged or when, after cleaning, it no longer restores suction.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean the HEPA cartridge?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shake it gently when you notice the suction dropping, never with pressurised water, and do not use it to vacuum liquids: a HEPA filter only performs when it is dry and clean.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641409982811,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FI202153HP","price":77.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cartucho-filtrante-conico-hepa-202-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864438"},{"product_id":"manguera-aspiracion-recambio-aspirador","title":"Replacement suction hose for vacuum cleaner","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore reach and zero interruptions when the hose breaks.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement flexible hoses for drum vacuums: to replace the original when it cracks or gets punctured, or to reach further without having to move the vacuum around the whole site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey withstand strong suction and abrasive waste such as shavings, fine rubble or liquids. There are three versions depending on your machine: 2 m for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum, professional for the stainless steel series and 2.5 m, Ø 40 mm for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible and tough:\u003c\/strong\u003e withstands strong suction and abrasive waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet and dry:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for vacuuming dust, shavings and water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the CP31-501, the stainless steel series and 77 L vacuums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores suction:\u003c\/strong\u003e a leak-free hose vacuums at full power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a broken, cracked or leaking hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning construction sites, workshops and warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtraction connected to tools such as wall sanders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 m · for CP31-501:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 m reinforced PVC hose for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional · stainless steel series:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional flexible hose for the 20, 30 and 50 L stainless steel tank vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.5 m · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 m hose, 40 mm in diameter, for 77 L industrial vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e do not pull the vacuum by the hose: it is the first part to break. Always move it by the handle or trolley and avoid stepping on the hose or bending it at sharp angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one is mine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 m hose is for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum; the professional hose is for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series; and the 2.5 m, 40 mm hose is for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used to vacuum liquids?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are used with both solids and liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the 2 m hose made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made of reinforced PVC, designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter is the 2.5 m hose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is 40 mm in diameter and is compatible with the Ø 40 mm accessories of the 77 L vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I extend the life of the hose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not pull the vacuum by the hose, avoid stepping on it and store it coiled without sharp bends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which one is mine?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 2 m hose is for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum; the professional hose is for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series; and the 2.5 m, 40 mm hose is for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can they be used to vacuum liquids?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they are used with both solids and liquids.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the 2 m hose made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is made of reinforced PVC, designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter is the 2.5 m hose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 40 mm in diameter and is compatible with the Ø 40 mm accessories of the 77 L vacuums.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How can I extend the life of the hose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do not pull the vacuum by the hose, avoid stepping on it and store it coiled without sharp bends.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"2 m · for CP31-501","offer_id":54641410146651,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501-52","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Professional · stainless steel series","offer_id":54641410179419,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1001PRO","price":9.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2,5 m · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641410212187,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACTF38\/2.5\/C","price":33.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/manguera-aspiracion-recambio-aspirador-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864452"},{"product_id":"prolongador-tubo-aspirador-bidon","title":"Suction extension tube for drum vacuum cleaner","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum floors, ceilings and corners without bending down.\u003c\/strong\u003e Extension tubes that fit between the hose and the brush or nozzle of your drum vacuum. You gain reach, work standing up and get to high areas or under furniture without straining your back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour models to choose from depending on your vacuum and your job: rigid plastic, rigid metal, extendable metal and Ø 40 mm curved metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore comfortable work:\u003c\/strong\u003e vacuum standing up with good posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour models:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastic, metal, extendable or curved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable:\u003c\/strong\u003e adjust the length to your height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombinable:\u003c\/strong\u003e you can connect several of the same diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning large floors in warehouses and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuuming ceilings, shelving and high areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for lost or damaged tubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to choose the extension tube\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you move the vacuum around the site and want something light, the rigid plastic tube is enough. For daily, heavy use, the metal one withstands knocks better. If the machine is shared by people of different heights, the extendable tube is the most comfortable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid plastic:\u003c\/strong\u003e lightweight, for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel vacuum series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e tougher for heavy use, stainless steel series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e telescopic, adjust the length to your height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved metal · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm metal elbow for 77 L industrial vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the curved tube fits on the end of the hose: it lets you work with the straight tube on the floor and the handle at a comfortable height. If you vacuum a lot of rubble, choose metal: it withstands knocks better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rigid and extendable tubes are for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series; the 40 mm curved tube is for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be combined?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can connect several extension tubes of the same diameter to gain reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the extendable tube?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is telescopic: you adjust its length to your height or to the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlastic or metal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plastic one is lighter; the metal one better withstands heavy use and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the curved tube for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits on the end of the hose and lets you work with the straight tube on the floor and the handle at a comfortable height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which one do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rigid and extendable tubes are for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series; the 40 mm curved tube is for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can they be combined?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, you can connect several extension tubes of the same diameter to gain reach.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of the extendable tube?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is telescopic: you adjust its length to your height or to the job.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Plastic or metal?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The plastic one is lighter; the metal one better withstands heavy use and knocks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the curved tube for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It fits on the end of the hose and lets you work with the straight tube on the floor and the handle at a comfortable height.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Rigid plastic","offer_id":54641411227995,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1002AKP","price":6.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rigid metal","offer_id":54641411260763,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1004EKP","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extendable metal","offer_id":54641411293531,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1002EKB","price":7.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Curved metal · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641411326299,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACTC038C","price":29.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/prolongador-tubo-aspirador-bidon-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864506"},{"product_id":"cepillos-boquillas-aspirador-bidon","title":"Brushes and nozzles for drum vacuum cleaner","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right accessory turns your drum vacuum into a tool for every corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement brushes and nozzles for vacuuming large floors, picking up water, cleaning furniture and grilles, or reaching gaps and corners where the hose alone cannot fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix models for two vacuum families: the multi-purpose brush and the crevice nozzle for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series, and the Ø 40 mm accessories for the 77 L industrial vacuums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn accessory for every job:\u003c\/strong\u003e floors, liquids, joints, corners and delicate surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter water pick-up:\u003c\/strong\u003e the liquid brush has a lip to drag the water along.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReaches everywhere:\u003c\/strong\u003e crevice nozzle and flat nozzle for narrow gaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace only the worn or lost part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning warehouses, workshops and premises with large floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicking up water after mopping, leaks or small floods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning furniture, grilles, vehicles and corners on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-purpose brush:\u003c\/strong\u003e floors and various surfaces, 20 to 50 L stainless steel series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrevice nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e corners, gaps and narrow spaces, stainless steel series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor brush · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e large surfaces, 77 L vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid brush · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e with a lip for picking up water from the floor, 77 L vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat nozzle · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e corners, joints and under furniture, 77 L vacuums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound brush · Ø 40 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e with bristles, for furniture, grilles and delicate surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e to pick up water, use the liquid brush pulling it towards you: the rubber lip drags the water towards the inlet and leaves the floor almost dry. Afterwards, rinse the accessory so no debris is left to scratch the floor next time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose marked Ø 40 mm fit the 77 L industrial vacuums; the multi-purpose brush and the crevice nozzle are for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one should I use to vacuum water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 40 mm liquid brush, which has a lip to drag the water towards the suction inlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich is best for corners and joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crevice nozzle (stainless steel series) or the Ø 40 mm flat nozzle (77 L vacuums).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I clean furniture or delicate surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what the round bristle brush is for: it does not scratch and is also suitable for grilles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they sold individually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, each model is bought separately so you can choose only the accessory you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter are they?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Those marked Ø 40 mm fit the 77 L industrial vacuums; the multi-purpose brush and the crevice nozzle are for the 20 to 50 L stainless steel series.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which one should I use to vacuum water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Ø 40 mm liquid brush, which has a lip to drag the water towards the suction inlet.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which is best for corners and joints?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The crevice nozzle (stainless steel series) or the Ø 40 mm flat nozzle (77 L vacuums).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I clean furniture or delicate surfaces?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, that is what the round bristle brush is for: it does not scratch and is also suitable for grilles.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are they sold individually?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, each model is bought separately so you can choose only the accessory you need.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Multi-purpose brush","offer_id":54641411785051,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1004EKB","price":7.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Crevice nozzle","offer_id":54641411817819,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1009EKB","price":6.37,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floor brush · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641411850587,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACIP400","price":11.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Liquid brush · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641411883355,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACIL400","price":12.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flat nozzle · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641411916123,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACLP040","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Round brush · Ø 40 mm","offer_id":54641411948891,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-ACPE040","price":5.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cepillos-boquillas-aspirador-bidon-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864529"},{"product_id":"adaptador-accesorios-manguera-aspirador","title":"Accessory adaptor for vacuum cleaner hose","description":"\u003cp\u003eA drum vacuum cleaner performs much better when you can fit the right brush or nozzle for each surface. This \u003cb\u003eaccessory adaptor for vacuum cleaner hoses\u003c\/b\u003e acts as the \u003cb\u003elink between the hose and the accessories\u003c\/b\u003e, so you can use the same unit on floors, corners, upholstery or workbenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a small but key part: if it is lost or broken, the accessories no longer fit or come loose while vacuuming. With this spare you once again have a \u003cb\u003efirm connection\u003c\/b\u003e with no loss of suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore buying, measure the diameter of your hose and of the accessories you want to use: that way you make sure the connection is firm and leak-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eJoins hose and accessories:\u003c\/b\u003e brushes, nozzles and extension tubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMore versatility:\u003c\/b\u003e the same vacuum cleaner for every surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFirm connection:\u003c\/b\u003e accessories don't come loose while vacuuming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNo loss of suction:\u003c\/b\u003e maintains suction power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInexpensive spare:\u003c\/b\u003e get your accessories working again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting brushes and nozzles to the hose of a drum vacuum cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a lost or broken adaptor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning workshops, building sites and vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing different types of accessories with the same unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFunction:\u003c\/b\u003e link between hose and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e drum vacuum cleaners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e check the diameter of the hose and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e clean the adaptor and hose from time to time: dust building up in the joints reduces suction. If you vacuum liquids, let it dry before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my vacuum cleaner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits several models of drum vacuum cleaner. Check the diameter of your hose and accessories before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor attaching brushes, nozzles and other accessories to the hose and using the same vacuum cleaner on different surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories can I connect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrushes, nozzles, extension tubes and other drum vacuum cleaner accessories with the right diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it affect suction power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, if the connection is firm and without play, suction is maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I maintain it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the dust from time to time and dry it if you have vacuumed liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my vacuum cleaner?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It fits several models of drum vacuum cleaner. Check the diameter of your hose and accessories before buying.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For attaching brushes, nozzles and other accessories to the hose and using the same vacuum cleaner on different surfaces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What accessories can I connect?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Brushes, nozzles, extension tubes and other drum vacuum cleaner accessories with the right diameter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it affect suction power?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, if the connection is firm and without play, suction is maintained.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I maintain it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Remove the dust from time to time and dry it if you have vacuumed liquids.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641412014427,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-AS1003","price":1.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"soporte-lijadora-pared-aspirador-cp31-501","title":"Wall sander holder for 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSander and vacuum: a single unit that moves with you around the site.\u003c\/strong\u003e Holder to secure and stabilise the wall sander on the 2200 W \u003cstrong\u003eCP31-501\u003c\/strong\u003e vacuum. With adjustable height and angle, it keeps the sander within reach and protected between passes, and lets you move the whole set at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to work with the vacuum and wall sanders such as the 1010 W, 225 mm compact model: fewer trips over cables and hoses, and the machine always safe when you are not using it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll in one:\u003c\/strong\u003e sander and vacuum move together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e height and angle can be adjusted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the sander:\u003c\/strong\u003e no knocks or drops between passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTidier site:\u003c\/strong\u003e fewer cables and hoses on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainting and drywall companies that sand a lot of walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovations involving sanding walls and ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding kit with integrated dust extraction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of working with a combined unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the sander attached to the vacuum, you move the whole kit from one room to another in one go, the extraction hose always stays connected and the sander does not end up on the floor, where it gets knocked and covered in dust. More order, less wasted time and tools that last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall sander holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustable height and angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200 W CP31-501 vacuum cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-501SOPORTE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always rest the sander on the holder switched off with the disc facing outwards: this prevents damage to the hook and loop and stops the sanding disc sticking to the vacuum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vacuum does it work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 wet and dry vacuum cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the height and angle are adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sanders can I fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall sanders such as the 1010 W, 225 mm compact model that this vacuum works with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of using it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou keep the sander protected and within reach, and move the sander and vacuum as a single unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the vacuum or the sander?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is the holder only; the vacuum and the sander are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which vacuum does it work with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for the 2200 W CP31-501 wet and dry vacuum cleaner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be adjusted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the height and angle are adjustable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which sanders can I fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Wall sanders such as the 1010 W, 225 mm compact model that this vacuum works with.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of using it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"You keep the sander protected and within reach, and move the sander and vacuum as a single unit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it include the vacuum or the sander?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is the holder only; the vacuum and the sander are sold separately.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641412800859,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-501SOPORTE","price":57.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/soporte-lijadora-pared-aspirador-cp31-501-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864576"},{"product_id":"polipasto-electrico-cable-polea","title":"Electric wire rope hoist with return pulley","description":"\u003cp\u003eElectric wire rope hoist for \u003cb\u003elifting and lowering loads\u003c\/b\u003e in the workshop, warehouse or on site with no effort. It works in \u003cb\u003esingle line\u003c\/b\u003e to go faster and higher, or in \u003cb\u003edouble line with a return pulley\u003c\/b\u003e to double the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree capacities: \u003cb\u003e125\/250 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, \u003cb\u003e250\/500 kg\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003e500\/990 kg\u003c\/b\u003e. It features an \u003cb\u003eupper limit switch\u003c\/b\u003e, lowering control, a \u003cb\u003eheavy-duty hook with safety latch\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003ethermal protection\u003c\/b\u003e that stops it if the motor overheats. Includes two brackets for mounting it on a beam or a swivel arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle or double line:\u003c\/b\u003e with the return pulley you double the maximum load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLimit switch:\u003c\/b\u003e the hook stops by itself before reaching the drum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThermal protection:\u003c\/b\u003e stops the motor if it overheats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHook with safety latch:\u003c\/b\u003e the load cannot slip off the hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy mounting:\u003c\/b\u003e two brackets included for a beam or swivel arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifting engines, parts and materials in mechanical workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoading and unloading in warehouses and industrial units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifting materials to upper floors on building and renovation sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting on a swivel arm to cover a work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle \/ double load:\u003c\/b\u003e 125\/250 kg · 250\/500 kg · 500\/990 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 540 W · 1,020 W · 1,600 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle \/ double lifting speed:\u003c\/b\u003e 10\/5 m\/min (125\/250 and 250\/500 kg) · 8\/4 m\/min (500\/990 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSingle \/ double lifting height:\u003c\/b\u003e 12\/6 m · 18\/9 m · 12\/6 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSteel wire rope:\u003c\/b\u003e Ø 3 mm, 12.5 m · Ø 4.2 mm, 18.5 m · Ø 5.6 mm, 12.5 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDuty cycle:\u003c\/b\u003e S3 20 % (10 min)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReturn pulley:\u003c\/b\u003e included as per specification sheet on the 125\/250 and 250\/500 kg models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSafety:\u003c\/b\u003e upper limit switch, lowering control, hook with latch and thermal protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColour:\u003c\/b\u003e red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 12 kg · 18 kg · 34 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the S3 20 % duty cycle means that, in 10-minute cycles, it should work for a maximum of 2 minutes and rest for 8. For loads close to the maximum, always use the \u003cb\u003edouble line with pulley\u003c\/b\u003e: it is slower, but the motor suffers much less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat load does it lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model: 125 kg in single line and 250 kg in double; 250\/500 kg; or 500\/990 kg. The return pulley is used for the double load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow high does it reach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12 m in single line (6 m in double) for the 125\/250 and 500\/990 kg models, and 18 m (9 m in double) for the 250\/500 kg model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can it be mounted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a beam or on a swivel arm, using the two brackets included. We have swivel arms of 750 and 1,100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it work non-stop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, its duty cycle is S3 20 %: in each 10-minute cycle, about 2 minutes of work and 8 of rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety features does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper limit switch, lowering control, hook with safety latch and thermal motor protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What load does it lift?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on the model: 125 kg in single line and 250 kg in double; 250\/500 kg; or 500\/990 kg. The return pulley is used for the double load.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How high does it reach?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"12 m in single line (6 m in double) for the 125\/250 and 500\/990 kg models, and 18 m (9 m in double) for the 250\/500 kg model.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where can it be mounted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"On a beam or on a swivel arm, using the two brackets included. We have swivel arms of 750 and 1,100 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it work non-stop?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, its duty cycle is S3 20 %: in each 10-minute cycle, about 2 minutes of work and 8 of rest.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What safety features does it have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Upper limit switch, lowering control, hook with safety latch and thermal motor protection.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"125\/250 kg · 540 W","offer_id":54641413292379,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-P125-250","price":116.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"250\/500 kg · 1.020 W","offer_id":54641413325147,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-P250-500","price":175.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"500\/990 kg · 1.600 W","offer_id":54641413357915,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-P500-990","price":293.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/polipasto-electrico-cable-polea-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864604"},{"product_id":"bandera-giratoria-polipasto","title":"Swivel arm for hoist, wall or column mounting","description":"\u003cp\u003eA hoist hanging from a fixed beam only lifts and lowers at one point. With this \u003cb\u003eswivel arm for hoists\u003c\/b\u003e, fixed to a wall or column, the load also \u003cb\u003erotates 180°\u003c\/b\u003e and covers a whole \u003cb\u003esemicircular work area\u003c\/b\u003e: you lift the part, move it to the bench or vehicle and lower it, without carrying it by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the ideal suspension point for an electric hoist in workshops and confined spaces. There are two sizes: \u003cb\u003e750 mm arm for 250 kg\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003e1,100 mm arm for 600 kg\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with an electric wire rope hoist, it turns any corner of the workshop into a small lifting station, without building work or costly structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e180° rotation:\u003c\/b\u003e covers a semicircular work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWall or column mounting:\u003c\/b\u003e makes use of the workshop's walls and pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUp to 600 kg:\u003c\/b\u003e on the 1,100 mm arm model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSaves effort:\u003c\/b\u003e moves loads without lifting them by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact:\u003c\/b\u003e ideal for small workshops without an overhead crane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting an electric hoist in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoading and unloading parts at workbenches and machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifting engines and heavy components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses and loading areas with little space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eArm \/ maximum load:\u003c\/b\u003e 750 mm · 250 kg | 1,100 mm · 600 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRotation:\u003c\/b\u003e 180°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting:\u003c\/b\u003e wall or column\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 6.5 kg · 8.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e 88 x 10 x 9 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the maximum load of the swivel arm also depends on the wall: fix it only to a concrete wall or strong pillar, with suitable anchors, and choose a hoist whose load does not exceed that of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat hoist can I hang from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne whose maximum load does not exceed that of the swivel arm: 250 kg on the 750 mm arm and 600 kg on the 1,100 mm arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far does it rotate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e180°, a half circle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a wall or column, with anchors suited to the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750 mm arm for loads up to 250 kg and the 1,100 mm arm if you need more reach and up to 600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install it on a partition wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo: it needs a concrete wall or a strong pillar capable of withstanding the load and the rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hoist can I hang from it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One whose maximum load does not exceed that of the swivel arm: 250 kg on the 750 mm arm and 600 kg on the 1,100 mm arm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How far does it rotate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"180°, a half circle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is it installed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"On a wall or column, with anchors suited to the support.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which size should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 750 mm arm for loads up to 250 kg and the 1,100 mm arm if you need more reach and up to 600 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I install it on a partition wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No: it needs a concrete wall or a strong pillar capable of withstanding the load and the rotation.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"750 mm · 250 kg","offer_id":54641414144347,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-B750","price":48.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.100 mm · 600 kg","offer_id":54641414177115,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-B1100","price":53.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bandera-giratoria-polipasto-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864653"},{"product_id":"pistola-pintar-hvlp-profesional-michelin","title":"Professional HVLP spray gun","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith a conventional gun, much of the paint ends up floating in the air. The \u003cb\u003eHVLP (high volume, low pressure)\u003c\/b\u003e technology of this \u003cb\u003eMichelin professional spray gun\u003c\/b\u003e means \u003cb\u003emore paint reaches the workpiece\u003c\/b\u003e and less is lost as overspray: you save product, make less mess and get a cleaner finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a \u003cb\u003e1.5 mm nozzle\u003c\/b\u003e and comes in two versions: \u003cb\u003e1 L bottom cup (suction)\u003c\/b\u003e for large surfaces or \u003cb\u003e0.5 L top cup (gravity)\u003c\/b\u003e for more precision. It includes \u003cb\u003eair and paint flow adjustment\u003c\/b\u003e, an \u003cb\u003eintegrated paint filter\u003c\/b\u003e and a fan pattern adjustable from round jet to wide fan. Universal connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a versatile gun for anyone who paints regularly: furniture, doors, joinery, metal parts or bodywork touch-ups, with the same tool and a professional-quality finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHVLP technology:\u003c\/b\u003e higher paint transfer and less overspray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo versions:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 L suction or 0.5 L gravity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDual adjustment:\u003c\/b\u003e independent air flow and paint flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated paint filter:\u003c\/b\u003e prevents lumps and nozzle blockages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMichelin brand:\u003c\/b\u003e professional quality for workshops and joinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLacquering and varnishing furniture and doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainting metal parts and machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimers and enamels in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoinery and restoration work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e Michelin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSystem:\u003c\/b\u003e HVLP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNozzle:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCups:\u003c\/b\u003e bottom 1 L · top 0.5 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustments:\u003c\/b\u003e air flow and paint flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFan:\u003c\/b\u003e adjustable, from round jet to fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFilter:\u003c\/b\u003e paint filter, integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnection:\u003c\/b\u003e universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with HVLP, work at low pressure and closer to the workpiece: you use more of the paint and create less overspray. Strain the product before filling the cup and clean the gun as soon as you finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does HVLP mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh volume, low pressure: more paint reaches the workpiece and less is lost as overspray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBottom cup or top cup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1 L bottom cup gives more capacity on large surfaces; the 0.5 L top cup gives more precision and needs less pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nozzle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard 1.5 mm nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat compressor do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHVLP guns need a good air flow: choose a compressor with sufficient air delivery, a regulator and, if you paint often, a tank of 50 litres or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a paint filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has an integrated paint filter that traps impurities before the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does HVLP mean?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"High volume, low pressure: more paint reaches the workpiece and less is lost as overspray.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Bottom cup or top cup?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 1 L bottom cup gives more capacity on large surfaces; the 0.5 L top cup gives more precision and needs less pressure.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which nozzle does it have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Standard 1.5 mm nozzle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What compressor do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"HVLP guns need a good air flow: choose a compressor with sufficient air delivery, a regulator and, if you paint often, a tank of 50 litres or more.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have a paint filter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it has an integrated paint filter that traps impurities before the nozzle.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"1 L bottom cup","offer_id":54641414340955,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1126001423","price":38.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.5 L top cup","offer_id":54641414373723,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-1126001426","price":38.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pistola-pintar-hvlp-profesional-michelin-michelin-1.jpg?v=1793864666"},{"product_id":"lijadora-pared-compacta-1010w-225-mm","title":"Compact 1010 W wall sander with 225 mm disc and dust extraction","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cb\u003elightweight, compact\u003c\/b\u003e wall sander for \u003cb\u003esanding plaster, filler and paint\u003c\/b\u003e on walls and vertical surfaces. With \u003cb\u003e1010 W\u003c\/b\u003e, a \u003cb\u003e225 mm\u003c\/b\u003e disc and \u003cb\u003e6-speed electronic control\u003c\/b\u003e up to 3,200 rpm, it weighs only \u003cb\u003e2.18 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, so you can work for hours without tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has an \u003cb\u003eintegrated dust extraction system\u003c\/b\u003e with dust bag and double ventilation, and you can also connect it to a vacuum cleaner with the hose supplied. Adjustable handles on both sides, \u003cb\u003edouble safety switch\u003c\/b\u003e and hook-and-loop pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOnly 2.18 kg:\u003c\/b\u003e easy to handle with one hand and comfortable on long jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e6 electronic speeds:\u003c\/b\u003e from gentle for paint to fast for plaster, up to 3,200 rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated extraction:\u003c\/b\u003e dust bag or connection to a vacuum cleaner with the hose supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustable handles:\u003c\/b\u003e on both sides, for right- and left-handed users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComplete kit:\u003c\/b\u003e 6 sanding discs, spare carbon brushes, screwdriver and carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding filler and plaster on walls before painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouching up old and flaking paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefurbishment of homes, shops and offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainters, plasterers and DIY enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 1010 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/b\u003e 6-speed electronic control, up to 3,200 rpm no-load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDisc diameter:\u003c\/b\u003e 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAbrasive fixing:\u003c\/b\u003e hook and loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExtraction:\u003c\/b\u003e integrated with bag and double ventilation; vacuum cleaner connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSafety:\u003c\/b\u003e double switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight:\u003c\/b\u003e 2.18 kg (4.54 kg packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e 33 x 35 x 31 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccessories included:\u003c\/b\u003e extraction tube, hose, dust bag, carbon brushes, screwdriver, 6 sanding discs and carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e connect it to a \u003cb\u003evacuum cleaner with a power-tool socket\u003c\/b\u003e such as the 2200 W model: plaster dust stays out of the room and the abrasive lasts longer because it doesn't clog. Start with 100-120 grit and finish with 150-180.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor walls and vertical surfaces: plaster, fillers, paint and similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be connected to a vacuum cleaner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with an extraction tube and hose. It works very well with a vacuum cleaner with a master\/slave socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sanding discs does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e225 mm hook-and-loop discs. 6 discs are included and we stock replacement pads and abrasives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.18 kg, so it is comfortable to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtraction tube, hose, dust bag, carbon brushes, screwdriver, 6 sanding discs and carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What surfaces is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For walls and vertical surfaces: plaster, fillers, paint and similar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be connected to a vacuum cleaner?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it comes with an extraction tube and hose. It works very well with a vacuum cleaner with a master\/slave socket.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sanding discs does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"225 mm hook-and-loop discs. 6 discs are included and we stock replacement pads and abrasives.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does it weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2.18 kg, so it is comfortable to handle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What's included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Extraction tube, hose, dust bag, carbon brushes, screwdriver, 6 sanding discs and carry bag.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641414504795,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1100","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/lijadora-pared-compacta-1010w-225-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864674"},{"product_id":"pistola-pintar-succion-deposito-inferior","title":"Suction-feed spray gun with bottom cup","description":"\u003cp\u003eTo paint large surfaces without stopping every two minutes, the most practical option is a gun with the \u003cb\u003ecup underneath\u003c\/b\u003e. This \u003cb\u003esuction-feed spray gun\u003c\/b\u003e holds more product and lets you paint doors, railings, furniture or walls in one go with your compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom cup also gives \u003cb\u003estability\u003c\/b\u003e in the hand and makes refilling easy without dismantling anything. It is a simple, affordable gun, ideal for DIY, maintenance and painting jobs at home or in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on compressed air with a standard workshop connection: all you need is a compressor with a pressure regulator, a hose and properly thinned paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBottom cup:\u003c\/b\u003e more paint capacity per fill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVery stable:\u003c\/b\u003e the weight of the cup balances the gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLarge surfaces:\u003c\/b\u003e fewer stops to refill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy to use:\u003c\/b\u003e perfect for DIY and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAffordable:\u003c\/b\u003e a workhorse gun for the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainting doors, railings and fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnamelling furniture and metal parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinned varnishes and primers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance and small painting jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e suction-feed spray gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCup:\u003c\/b\u003e bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/b\u003e compressed air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProducts:\u003c\/b\u003e thinned paints, varnishes and primers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e always strain the paint before pouring it into the cup and clean the gun when you finish: a blocked paint passage is the most common fault. With suction feed, thin slightly more than with gravity feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat compressor do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne with sufficient air delivery and a pressure regulator; for painting, a tank of 24 L or more is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat products is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaints, varnishes and primers, suitably thinned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the paint need thinning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause with suction feed the gun draws the product up from below: if it is too thick it doesn't rise properly and the fan pattern comes out uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmpty the cup and run solvent or water (depending on the paint) through it until it comes out clean; remove and clean the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuction or gravity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuction feed holds more paint and is convenient on large surfaces; gravity feed makes better use of the product and gives finer finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What compressor do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One with sufficient air delivery and a pressure regulator; for painting, a tank of 24 L or more is advisable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What products is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Paints, varnishes and primers, suitably thinned.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the paint need thinning?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because with suction feed the gun draws the product up from below: if it is too thick it doesn't rise properly and the fan pattern comes out uneven.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Empty the cup and run solvent or water (depending on the paint) through it until it comes out clean; remove and clean the nozzle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Suction or gravity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Suction feed holds more paint and is convenient on large surfaces; gravity feed makes better use of the product and gives finer finishes.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641414537563,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-6218500004","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"lijadora-jirafa-paredes-techos-led-225-mm","title":"Long-reach wall and ceiling sander with LED light, 225 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cb\u003elong-reach (giraffe)\u003c\/b\u003e sander with a \u003cb\u003etelescopic handle\u003c\/b\u003e for sanding \u003cb\u003ewalls, ceilings and high surfaces\u003c\/b\u003e without scaffolding. \u003cb\u003e225 mm\u003c\/b\u003e hook-and-loop disc, \u003cb\u003eelectronic variable speed\u003c\/b\u003e, \u003cb\u003eintegrated extraction\u003c\/b\u003e that connects to a vacuum cleaner and \u003cb\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/b\u003e to reveal every imperfection with raking light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo versions: \u003cb\u003e750 W\u003c\/b\u003e with universal motor, floating head and 1.10 to 1.70 m handle (includes 6 sanding discs, 4.5 m hose and bag), or \u003cb\u003e500 W brushless\u003c\/b\u003e, with less maintenance and a 1.26 to 2.00 m handle to reach higher ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTelescopic handle:\u003c\/b\u003e sand ceilings and the upper part of walls from the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLED light:\u003c\/b\u003e raking light that reveals marks and ridges as you sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eElectronic variable speed:\u003c\/b\u003e match the speed to filler, plaster or paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated extraction:\u003c\/b\u003e connects to a vacuum cleaner for almost dust-free work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrushless version:\u003c\/b\u003e motor without carbon brushes: longer life and less maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding filler and joints on plasterboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing walls and ceilings before painting or wallpapering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge surfaces in new builds and refurbishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional painters and plasterers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 750 W (universal motor) · 500 W (brushless)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNo-load speed:\u003c\/b\u003e 1,100-2,100 rpm (750 W) · 900-2,100 rpm (brushless)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDisc:\u003c\/b\u003e 225 mm, hook-and-loop fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLength:\u003c\/b\u003e 1,100-1,700 mm (750 W) · 1,260-2,000 mm (brushless)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLighting:\u003c\/b\u003e integrated LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExtraction:\u003c\/b\u003e integrated, connects to a vacuum cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 6.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIncludes (750 W model):\u003c\/b\u003e 6 hook-and-loop sanding discs, 4.5 m hose and carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e always work with the vacuum cleaner connected and let the weight of the machine do the work: if you press down, the disc 'digs in' and leaves circular marks. Long figure-of-eight movements and the LED light from the side will show you where to go over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the two models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750 W has a universal motor, floating head and a 1.10 to 1.70 m handle. The brushless is 500 W, without carbon brushes, with a 1.26 to 2.00 m handle for higher ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be connected to a vacuum cleaner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, both have integrated extraction for connecting a vacuum cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sanding discs does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e225 mm hook-and-loop discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the LED light for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt lights the surface at a low angle so you can see marks, ridges and unsanded areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750 W model includes 6 sanding discs, a 4.5 m hose and a carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the two models?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 750 W has a universal motor, floating head and a 1.10 to 1.70 m handle. The brushless is 500 W, without carbon brushes, with a 1.26 to 2.00 m handle for higher ceilings.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be connected to a vacuum cleaner?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, both have integrated extraction for connecting a vacuum cleaner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sanding discs does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"225 mm hook-and-loop discs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the LED light for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It lights the surface at a low angle so you can see marks, ridges and unsanded areas.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What's included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 750 W model includes 6 sanding discs, a 4.5 m hose and a carry bag.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"750 W · 1.10-1.70 m","offer_id":54641415127387,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-800LED","price":146.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushless 500 W · 1.26-2.00 m","offer_id":54641415160155,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-900BS","price":220.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/lijadora-jirafa-paredes-techos-led-225-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864710"},{"product_id":"plato-recambio-lijadora-pared","title":"Replacement pad for wall sander","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSand entire walls and reach right into the corners too.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement pads for the 1010 W, 225 mm compact wall sander (\u003cstrong\u003eCP31-1100\u003c\/strong\u003e): the complete 225 mm round pad, to replace the original when the hook and loop wears out, and the triangular pad, for sanding corners and edges where the round disc cannot reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith both pads, your sander is ready for the whole wall: large surfaces with the round pad and fine finishing with the triangular one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 225 mm round pad and triangular pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick sanding sheet changes with no tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e from the centre of the wall right into the corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the CP31-1100 wall sander.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the round pad when the hook and loop no longer grips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding corners, edges and junctions with the triangular pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing walls and ceilings before painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to change the pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnplug the sander and remove the sanding sheet before taking off the pad. Fit the new one, tighten it and check that it runs true. A pad with healthy hook and loop spreads the pressure evenly and avoids marks and burnt patches on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e triangular pad · complete 225 mm round pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSanding sheet fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e hook and loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-1100 wall sander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReferences:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-1111 · CP31-1112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e when the pad's hook and loop stops gripping, the sanding sheet comes loose and burns straight away: replacing the pad in time saves you sanding sheets. For the triangular pad, keep 100, 150 and 240 grit sheets to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sander are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 1010 W, 225 mm compact wall sander, model CP31-1100.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sanding sheets does the triangular pad use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets, which we offer in 100 and 150 grit, and also in 240 grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat diameter is the round pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e225 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I replace the pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the hook and loop no longer holds the sanding sheet properly or the pad is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the triangular pad for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sanding corners, edges and wall-to-ceiling junctions where the round disc cannot reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which sander are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the 1010 W, 225 mm compact wall sander, model CP31-1100.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which sanding sheets does the triangular pad use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Hook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets, which we offer in 100 and 150 grit, and also in 240 grit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter is the round pad?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"225 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I replace the pad?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the hook and loop no longer holds the sanding sheet properly or the pad is damaged.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the triangular pad for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For sanding corners, edges and wall-to-ceiling junctions where the round disc cannot reach.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Triangular","offer_id":54641415553371,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1111","price":34.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Round 225 mm","offer_id":54641415586139,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1112","price":34.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/plato-recambio-lijadora-pared-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864722"},{"product_id":"lijas-triangulares-velcro-lijadora-pared-6-uds","title":"Hook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets for wall sander (6 pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect corners and edges, with no touching up by hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pack of 6 hook-and-loop triangular sanding sheets for the triangular pad of the \u003cstrong\u003ecompact wall sander\u003c\/strong\u003e. The triangular shape reaches right into corners, wall-to-ceiling junctions and frames, exactly where the round disc cannot reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo grits to cover the whole process: 100 grit to remove filler ridges and 150 grit to leave the surface ready for painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey reach everywhere:\u003c\/strong\u003e triangular shape for corners and junctions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange in seconds:\u003c\/strong\u003e hook-and-loop fixing, no tools needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo grits:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 for rough sanding and 150 for finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 6:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough for several rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding corners on plasterboard or plaster walls and ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface preparation before painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouching up wall-to-ceiling junctions and around frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to get the most out of them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the sheet well centred on the triangular pad and press so that the hook and loop grips fully. Work without pressing too hard: let the sander do the work. When the sheet stops removing material or clogs with filler, change it; a worn sheet only heats and polishes the surface. Combine the two grits to go from rough sanding to finishing in the same job. Store the sheets in a dry place so the hook and loop does not deteriorate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 sanding sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 (rough sanding) or 150 (finishing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e hook and loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CP31-1111 triangular pad of the CP31-1100 wall sander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e use 100 grit to remove filler ridges and 150 for finishing before painting. Connect the sander to a vacuum: the sheet lasts longer and the dust does not linger in the air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grit should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100 grit for rough sanding and 150 grit for refining before painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sanding sheets are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 sanding sheets per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sander are they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the CP31-1111 triangular pad of the CP31-1100 compact wall sander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are they fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey attach to the triangular pad with hook and loop, no tools needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a finer grit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, we also offer 240 grit triangular sanding sheets for the final finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which grit should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"100 grit for rough sanding and 150 grit for refining before painting.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many sanding sheets are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"6 sanding sheets per pack.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which sander are they for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the CP31-1111 triangular pad of the CP31-1100 compact wall sander.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How are they fitted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They attach to the triangular pad with hook and loop, no tools needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a finer grit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, we also offer 240 grit triangular sanding sheets for the final finish.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"100 grit","offer_id":54641415913819,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1116","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 grit","offer_id":54641415946587,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-1117","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"lijadora-roto-orbital-brushless-150-mm","title":"400 W brushless random orbital sander with 150 mm pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cb\u003eelectric random orbital sander with brushless motor\u003c\/b\u003e, \u003cb\u003e400 W\u003c\/b\u003e and a \u003cb\u003e150 mm\u003c\/b\u003e pad, compact and light enough to work one-handed. Its \u003cb\u003e6-speed electronic control\u003c\/b\u003e (4,000 to 10,000 rpm) lets you go from rough sanding to fine finishing without changing machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cb\u003e5 mm orbit\u003c\/b\u003e for fast stock removal on filler, primer and wood, or the \u003cb\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/b\u003e orbit for fine, keyed and polished finishes without marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrushless motor:\u003c\/b\u003e more efficient, longer-lasting and no carbon brushes to replace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e6 electronic speeds:\u003c\/b\u003e from 4,000 to 10,000 rpm to suit the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo orbits:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 mm for rough sanding or 2.5 mm for fine finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact and lightweight:\u003c\/b\u003e comfortable on long jobs and vertical surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDust collector:\u003c\/b\u003e keeps the work area cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBodywork: sanding filler and primer and keying before painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoinery and furniture restoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing surfaces for varnish or paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 400 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMotor:\u003c\/b\u003e brushless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 220-240 V \/ 50-60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/b\u003e 4,000-10,000 rpm, 6 speeds with electronic control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePad:\u003c\/b\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOrbit:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 mm or 2.5 mm depending on model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e on bodywork, rough sand with the 5 mm orbit and 80-180 grit and keep the 2.5 mm for 320-800 grit on the primer: the finish is left free of 'pigtail' swirls. Always keep the pad flat on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich orbit should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5 mm sands faster and is better for stock removal; the 2.5 mm leaves a finer finish for keying and preparing for paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat discs does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 mm sanding discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the brushless motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith no carbon brushes, it delivers more with less heat, lasts longer and needs less maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the speed be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has 6 speeds with electronic control, from 4,000 to 10,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat materials is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor wood, paint, filler and primer on bodywork, furniture and joinery: with the 5 mm orbit you remove material and with the 2.5 mm you key and prepare for painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which orbit should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 5 mm sands faster and is better for stock removal; the 2.5 mm leaves a finer finish for keying and preparing for paint.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What discs does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"150 mm sanding discs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of the brushless motor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With no carbon brushes, it delivers more with less heat, lasts longer and needs less maintenance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can the speed be adjusted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it has 6 speeds with electronic control, from 4,000 to 10,000 rpm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What materials is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For wood, paint, filler and primer on bodywork, furniture and joinery: with the 5 mm orbit you remove material and with the 2.5 mm you key and prepare for painting.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"5 mm orbit","offer_id":54641417584987,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-400","price":175.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 mm orbit","offer_id":54641417617755,"sku":"CEVIK-CP31-401","price":175.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/lijadora-roto-orbital-brushless-150-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864785"},{"product_id":"generador-ozono-10-g-h-temporizador","title":"10 g\/h ozone generator with timer for odour removal","description":"\u003cp\u003eA portable \u003cb\u003e10 g\/h\u003c\/b\u003e ozone generator to \u003cb\u003eremove persistent odours\u003c\/b\u003e and treat the air in premises, homes, vehicles and warehouses. According to the manufacturer, it treats a volume of around \u003cb\u003e100 m³ in 20 minutes\u003c\/b\u003e under normal temperature and humidity conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a \u003cb\u003etimer\u003c\/b\u003e, 115 m³\/h fan, painted steel housing and a consumption of only \u003cb\u003e85 W\u003c\/b\u003e. Set it, leave the room and it does the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e10 g\/h of ozone:\u003c\/b\u003e fast treatment of medium-sized rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTimer:\u003c\/b\u003e set the duration and it switches itself off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow consumption:\u003c\/b\u003e only 85 W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePortable:\u003c\/b\u003e 2.5 kg packed; carry it from room to room or to the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSteel housing:\u003c\/b\u003e robust for professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving tobacco, pet, damp and cooking odours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreating cars, motorhomes and vans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, holiday apartments, gyms and premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses, storerooms and basements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOzone output:\u003c\/b\u003e 10 g\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 220-240 V \/ 50-60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 85 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTimer:\u003c\/b\u003e yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTreatable volume:\u003c\/b\u003e approx. 100 m³ in 20 minutes (according to the manufacturer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFan flow:\u003c\/b\u003e 115 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNoise level at 3 m:\u003c\/b\u003e 52 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable:\u003c\/b\u003e 3 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHousing:\u003c\/b\u003e painted steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 2.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e ozone is effective but irritating: during treatment \u003cb\u003ethere must be no people, animals or plants\u003c\/b\u003e in the room. When it has finished, wait and \u003cb\u003eventilate thoroughly\u003c\/b\u003e before going back in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat area can it treat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer, around 100 m³ in 20 minutes under normal temperature and humidity conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I stay in the room while it is running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. During the treatment and for a while afterwards there must be no people, animals or plants. Ventilate before going back in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for cars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is commonly used in vehicles to remove tobacco, pet or damp odours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a timer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you set the treatment duration and it switches itself off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there materials I should protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, some plastics and rubbers degrade with ozone. Remove them or avoid very long treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What area can it treat?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the manufacturer, around 100 m³ in 20 minutes under normal temperature and humidity conditions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I stay in the room while it is running?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. During the treatment and for a while afterwards there must be no people, animals or plants. Ventilate before going back in.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for cars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is commonly used in vehicles to remove tobacco, pet or damp odours.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have a timer?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, you set the treatment duration and it switches itself off.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are there materials I should protect?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, some plastics and rubbers degrade with ozone. Remove them or avoid very long treatments.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641417748827,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-EO10WTH","price":293.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/generador-ozono-10-g-h-temporizador-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864805"},{"product_id":"pistola-pintar-baja-presion-boquilla-1-5-mm","title":"Low-pressure spray gun with 1.5 mm nozzle","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cb\u003elow-pressure mixed\u003c\/b\u003e spray gun with a \u003cb\u003e1.5 mm nozzle\u003c\/b\u003e for \u003cb\u003efine finishes and detail work\u003c\/b\u003e. Low pressure reduces overspray and makes better use of the paint than a conventional gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a \u003cb\u003ebottom material and air inlet\u003c\/b\u003e and is designed for \u003cb\u003eautomotive, furniture and DIY\u003c\/b\u003e painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow pressure:\u003c\/b\u003e less overspray, less paint wasted and a cleaner working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1.5 mm nozzle:\u003c\/b\u003e a very versatile size for base coats, primers and enamels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFor detail and fine finishing:\u003c\/b\u003e controlled atomisation on medium-sized parts and surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBottom inlet:\u003c\/b\u003e material and air connection at the bottom of the gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainting bodywork and car parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLacquering and varnishing furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and restoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch-ups and detail work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e low-pressure mixed spray gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNozzle:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnection:\u003c\/b\u003e bottom material and air inlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplications:\u003c\/b\u003e automotive, furniture and DIY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e box measuring 21 x 14 x 6 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e first set the air pressure with the trigger pulled and always do a test pass on cardboard. Paint at a constant distance and overlap each pass by half of the previous one; when you finish, \u003cb\u003eclean the gun straight away\u003c\/b\u003e with the appropriate solvent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🔧 How to get the most out of it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit a filter regulator close to the air outlet so you work with dry air and stable pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nozzle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5 mm nozzle, suitable for most primers, fillers and enamels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of low pressure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt produces less overspray, so more of the paint is used and the surroundings stay cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat jobs is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor automotive, furniture and DIY painting, especially detail work and fine finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat working pressure does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions in the gun's manual and the technical data sheet of the paint you are going to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs soon as you finish, run the solvent for the product you have used through the paint circuit; remove the nozzle and clean the air passages so the fan pattern always comes out even.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which nozzle does it have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.5 mm nozzle, suitable for most primers, fillers and enamels.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of low pressure?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It produces less overspray, so more of the paint is used and the surroundings stay cleaner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What jobs is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For automotive, furniture and DIY painting, especially detail work and fine finishes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What working pressure does it need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Follow the instructions in the gun's manual and the technical data sheet of the paint you are going to use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"As soon as you finish, run the solvent for the product you have used through the paint circuit; remove the nozzle and clean the air passages so the fan pattern always comes out even.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641418895707,"sku":"CEVIK-BT-S71PRONA","price":126.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pistola-pintar-baja-presion-boquilla-1-5-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864854"},{"product_id":"decapador-aire-caliente-2000w-maleta","title":"2000 W electric hot air gun with carry case and accessories","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2000 W hot air gun\u003c\/b\u003e for \u003cb\u003estripping paint and varnish\u003c\/b\u003e, removing adhesives, shaping PVC, welding plastic or shrinking heat-shrink sleeves. Supplied in a \u003cb\u003eplastic carry case\u003c\/b\u003e with nozzles and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree versions: \u003cb\u003e2-speed\u003c\/b\u003e (50-550 °C and 300-500 l\/min) with 2 nozzles, 2 scrapers and a spatula; \u003cb\u003eadjustable with LED display\u003c\/b\u003e (50-600 °C in 6 settings) and \u003cb\u003eadjustable with LCD display\u003c\/b\u003e (50-600 °C in 10 °C steps, 100 °C quick button and air flow in 5 settings from 200 to 500 l\/min), the latter two with 9 accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2000 W of power:\u003c\/b\u003e heats quickly, even thick layers of paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustable temperature:\u003c\/b\u003e up to 550 or 600 °C depending on the model, for each material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLED or LCD display:\u003c\/b\u003e you can see the temperature at all times (adjustable models).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustable air flow:\u003c\/b\u003e from 200 to 500 l\/min on the LCD model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCarry case with accessories:\u003c\/b\u003e everything organised and ready to work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStripping paint and varnish from doors, windows and furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving adhesives, vinyls and floor coverings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping and welding PVC pipes and parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShrinking heat-shrink sleeves in electrical work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThawing pipes and rapid drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 2000 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/b\u003e 50-550 °C (2-speed) · 50-600 °C (LED and LCD)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/b\u003e 2 speeds · 6 settings with LED display · 10 °C steps with LCD display and 100 °C button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAir flow:\u003c\/b\u003e 300-500 l\/min (2-speed) · 200-500 l\/min in 5 settings (LCD)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccessories:\u003c\/b\u003e 2 nozzles, 2 scrapers and spatula (2-speed) · 9 accessories (LED and LCD)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePresentation:\u003c\/b\u003e plastic carry case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e to strip paint, heat it until it 'blisters' and scrape straight away following the grain: if you overdo the temperature you scorch the wood and the paint sticks even more. Never point it at window glass, which can crack from the heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat temperature does it reach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 550 °C for the 2-speed model and up to 600 °C for the adjustable models with LED or LCD display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic model has 2 speeds. The LED model adjusts the temperature in 6 settings and shows it on the display. The LCD model adjusts in 10 °C steps, has a 100 °C quick button and air flow in 5 settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastic carry case and accessories: 2 nozzles, 2 scrapers and a spatula on the 2-speed model, and 9 accessories on the LED and LCD models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for PVC and heat-shrink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, at low temperature it can be used to shape PVC, weld plastic and shrink heat-shrink sleeves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it safe to put it down while hot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet it cool standing upright on its base and away from flammable materials; the nozzle stays very hot after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What temperature does it reach?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Up to 550 °C for the 2-speed model and up to 600 °C for the adjustable models with LED or LCD display.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the models?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The basic model has 2 speeds. The LED model adjusts the temperature in 6 settings and shows it on the display. The LCD model adjusts in 10 °C steps, has a 100 °C quick button and air flow in 5 settings.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does it include?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Plastic carry case and accessories: 2 nozzles, 2 scrapers and a spatula on the 2-speed model, and 9 accessories on the LED and LCD models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for PVC and heat-shrink?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, at low temperature it can be used to shape PVC, weld plastic and shrink heat-shrink sleeves.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it safe to put it down while hot?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Let it cool standing upright on its base and away from flammable materials; the nozzle stays very hot after use.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"2 speeds · up to 550 °C","offer_id":54641419714907,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GW1026M","price":22.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Adjustable · LED display","offer_id":54641419747675,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GW1029M","price":34.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Adjustable · LCD display","offer_id":54641419780443,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-GW1030M","price":44.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/decapador-aire-caliente-2000w-maleta-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864882"},{"product_id":"mezcladora-electrica-mortero-pintura-m14","title":"Electric mixer for mortar, tile adhesive and paint with M14 thread","description":"\u003cp\u003eElectric paddle mixer for preparing \u003cb\u003emortar, tile adhesive, plaster, self-levelling compound and paint\u003c\/b\u003e quickly and evenly. All models use paddles with an \u003cb\u003eM14 thread\u003c\/b\u003e, the market standard, compatible with paddles of different types and diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive power ratings for every type of job: from the \u003cb\u003e850 W\u003c\/b\u003e model (up to 40 L) for renovations and painting, to the \u003cb\u003e2,200 W\u003c\/b\u003e model (up to 160 L) for building sites. Models from 1,200 W upwards have \u003cb\u003e2 mechanical speeds\u003c\/b\u003e, \u003cb\u003eelectronic speed control\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003esoft start\u003c\/b\u003e so that the material does not splash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal M14 thread:\u003c\/b\u003e compatible with paddles of different types and diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2 speeds + electronic control (1,200 W or more):\u003c\/b\u003e slow for dense mortars, fast for paints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSoft start (1,200 W or more):\u003c\/b\u003e starts gently and does not splash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFrom 40 to 160 litres of mix:\u003c\/b\u003e choose the power according to the volume and density of the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust:\u003c\/b\u003e designed for daily work on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMortar, tile adhesive and tiling adhesives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaster, gypsum and self-levelling mortars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaints, varnishes and coatings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResins and two-component products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 850 · 1,200 · 1,600 · 1,800 · 2,200 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpeeds (rpm):\u003c\/b\u003e 850 W: 0-550 · 1,200 W: 180-400 \/ 300-700 · 1,600 W: 210-390 \/ 350-650 · 1,800 W: 180-400 \/ 300-700 · 2,200 W: 0-510 \/ 0-910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eElectronic control and soft start:\u003c\/b\u003e 1,200 to 2,200 W models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePaddle thread:\u003c\/b\u003e M14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePaddle:\u003c\/b\u003e 600 mm long; 120 mm diameter (850 and 1,200 W) or 140 mm (1,600 to 2,200 W). Included with the 850 and 1,600 W models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum mixing volume:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 L (850 and 1,200 W) · 120 L (1,600 W) · 140 L (1,800 W) · 160 L (2,200 W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePacked weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 4.4 kg (850 W) · 7 kg (1,200 to 1,800 W) · 9.18 kg (2,200 W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e choose the paddle according to the material: type H2 (or double helix) for mortars and tile adhesive, and type H3 for high-viscosity materials. Start at \u003cb\u003elow speed\u003c\/b\u003e with the paddle submerged and do not take it out of the bucket until it has stopped completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor paint and small amounts of tile adhesive, the 850 or 1,200 W model is enough (up to 40 L). For mortar on site, the 1,600 or 1,800 W model (120-140 L). For mixing large volumes or very dense materials, the 2,200 W model (160 L).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich paddles can I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny paddle with an M14 thread. We have H2 and H3 type paddles of 120 and 140 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a paddle included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer's specification sheet, the 850 W (120 mm paddle) and 1,600 W (140 mm paddle) models include one. For the others, contact us or add an M14 paddle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have variable speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,200 to 2,200 W models have 2 mechanical speeds, electronic speed control and soft start. The 850 W model works at up to 550 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, at low speed it mixes paints, varnishes and coatings without introducing air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What power do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For paint and small amounts of tile adhesive, the 850 or 1,200 W model is enough (up to 40 L). For mortar on site, the 1,600 or 1,800 W model (120-140 L). For mixing large volumes or very dense materials, the 2,200 W model (160 L).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which paddles can I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Any paddle with an M14 thread. We have H2 and H3 type paddles of 120 and 140 mm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is a paddle included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the manufacturer's specification sheet, the 850 W (120 mm paddle) and 1,600 W (140 mm paddle) models include one. For the others, contact us or add an M14 paddle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have variable speed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 1,200 to 2,200 W models have 2 mechanical speeds, electronic speed control and soft start. The 850 W model works at up to 550 rpm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for paint?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, at low speed it mixes paints, varnishes and coatings without introducing air.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"850 W","offer_id":54641421287771,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-M900R","price":57.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.200 W","offer_id":54641421320539,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-M1202PRO","price":77.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.600 W","offer_id":54641421353307,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-M1600PRO","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.800 W","offer_id":54641421386075,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-M1800PRO","price":112.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.200 W","offer_id":54641421418843,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-M2200N","price":141.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/mezcladora-electrica-mortero-pintura-m14-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864924"},{"product_id":"mezcladora-bateria-18v-brushless-maleta","title":"18 V brushless cordless mixer with carry case","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 V cordless\u003c\/b\u003e mixer with a \u003cb\u003ebrushless motor\u003c\/b\u003e for mixing \u003cb\u003emortar, tile adhesive, plaster and paint\u003c\/b\u003e where there is no socket or you do not want cables in the way. It mixes up to \u003cb\u003e90 litres\u003c\/b\u003e and has \u003cb\u003e2 speeds\u003c\/b\u003e with variable control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses paddles with an \u003cb\u003eM14 thread\u003c\/b\u003e (120 x 600 mm paddle) and is supplied in a \u003cb\u003ecarry case\u003c\/b\u003e. It runs on an 18 V 4.0 Ah lithium battery; the battery and charger are also available separately as spares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCordless:\u003c\/b\u003e works anywhere on site or on floors without power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrushless motor:\u003c\/b\u003e longer run time and longer service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2 variable speeds:\u003c\/b\u003e 0-420 and 0-710 rpm, for mortars and paints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUp to 90 litres:\u003c\/b\u003e enough for most renovation jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eM14 thread:\u003c\/b\u003e compatible with paddles on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovations in homes and premises without power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile adhesive and mortars for tiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaints and coatings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor and roofing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 18 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBattery:\u003c\/b\u003e lithium 18 V 4.0 Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMotor:\u003c\/b\u003e brushless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpeeds:\u003c\/b\u003e 2, variable: 0-420 \/ 0-710 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePaddle thread:\u003c\/b\u003e M14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePaddle:\u003c\/b\u003e 120 x 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum mixing volume:\u003c\/b\u003e 90 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e 39 x 43 x 22.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePresentation:\u003c\/b\u003e carry case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with a battery, dense mixes are what drain run time the most: add the water first, add the product little by little at speed 1 and switch to speed 2 only to finish. Having a \u003cb\u003esecond battery\u003c\/b\u003e on charge avoids downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🔧 How to get the most out of it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully charge the battery before first use and store it in the carry case, protected from cold and damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn 18 V 4.0 Ah lithium battery. We also stock it as a spare, together with its charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much material can it mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 90 litres according to the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich paddles does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaddles with an M14 thread, such as H2 and H3 types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have variable speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 2 variable speeds: 0-420 and 0-710 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in a carry case. If you need to confirm the exact contents (battery, charger, paddle), contact us before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What battery does it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"An 18 V 4.0 Ah lithium battery. We also stock it as a spare, together with its charger.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much material can it mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Up to 90 litres according to the manufacturer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which paddles does it take?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Paddles with an M14 thread, such as H2 and H3 types.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have variable speed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, 2 variable speeds: 0-420 and 0-710 rpm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does it include?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is supplied in a carry case. If you need to confirm the exact contents (battery, charger, paddle), contact us before buying.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641421812059,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-MB18V","price":195.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/mezcladora-bateria-18v-brushless-maleta-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864943"},{"product_id":"varilla-mezcladora-rosca-m14-600-mm","title":"600 mm mixing paddle with M14 thread","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth, lump-free mixes in less time.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e600 mm mixing paddles with an M14 thread\u003c\/strong\u003e, compatible with most electric mixers. Choosing the right paddle for each material makes the difference between a perfect mix and a bucket full of lumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo types depending on the material: \u003cstrong\u003eH2\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a double blade, for tile adhesive, mortars, paints and resins (15 to 30 kg), and \u003cstrong\u003eH3\u003c\/strong\u003e, for high-viscosity materials such as cement, lime, plaster, tile adhesive, paints and varnishes (15 to 25 kg). Each one comes in 120 or 140 mm diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eM14 thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most common on electric mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo designs:\u003c\/strong\u003e H2 for mortars and paints, H3 for high viscosity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm or 140 mm depending on bucket and power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 mm long:\u003c\/strong\u003e reaches the bottom of buckets and mixing tubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile adhesive, mortars and ceramic adhesives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaster, lime and high-viscosity cement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaints, varnishes and resins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to mix better\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePour the water or liquid into the bucket first and add the material gradually with the mixer at low speed. Increase the speed once it is blended and move the paddle up and down to reach the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm or 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType H2:\u003c\/strong\u003e tile adhesive, mortars, paints and resins · 15-30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType H3:\u003c\/strong\u003e cement, lime, plaster, tile adhesive, paints and varnishes · 15-25 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the 120 mm paddle in smaller buckets and with lower-power mixers, and the 140 mm one with mixers of 1600 W or more and large buckets. Clean the paddle with water as soon as you finish: set material unbalances the next mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with my mixer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your mixer has an M14 thread, which is the most common.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between H2 and H3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH2 has a double blade for mortars, tile adhesive, paints and resins; H3 is designed for high-viscosity materials such as plaster, lime or cement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich diameter should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e120 mm for small mixes and lower-power mixers; 140 mm for larger volumes and mixers of 1600 W or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much material can I mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH2 is suitable for 15-30 kg of material and H3 for 15-25 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it compatible with my mixer?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, if your mixer has an M14 thread, which is the most common.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between H2 and H3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"H2 has a double blade for mortars, tile adhesive, paints and resins; H3 is designed for high-viscosity materials such as plaster, lime or cement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which diameter should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"120 mm for small mixes and lower-power mixers; 140 mm for larger volumes and mixers of 1600 W or more.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much material can I mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"H2 is suitable for 15-30 kg of material and H3 for 15-25 kg.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long is it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"600 mm.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Type H2 · Ø 120 mm","offer_id":54641422500187,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-H2A","price":11.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Type H2 · Ø 140 mm","offer_id":54641422532955,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-H2B","price":12.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Type H3 · Ø 120 mm","offer_id":54641422565723,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-H3A","price":13.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Type H3 · Ø 140 mm","offer_id":54641422598491,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-H3B","price":14.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/varilla-mezcladora-rosca-m14-600-mm-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864972"},{"product_id":"bateria-litio-18v-4ah-mezcladora","title":"18 V 4.0 Ah lithium battery for CE-MB18V mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNever let a flat battery stop the mix.\u003c\/strong\u003e This \u003cstrong\u003e18 V, 4.0 Ah\u003c\/strong\u003e lithium-ion battery is the replacement for the \u003cstrong\u003eCE-MB18V cordless mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e: with a second charged unit you can keep mixing tile adhesive, mortar or paint while the other one recharges, with no waiting and no cables across the site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has the same voltage and capacity the mixer requires, so you simply slot it in and carry on working. Ideal if you mix several buckets in a row or work where there is no socket to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-stop work:\u003c\/strong\u003e with two batteries in rotation, you mix while the other one charges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.0 Ah capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e runtime designed for several batches in a row.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLithium:\u003c\/strong\u003e no memory effect, so you can recharge it whenever you like.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with the CE-MB18V cordless mixer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeping a second spare battery on site or in the van.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the original battery when it loses runtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiling, flooring and painting jobs far from a power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e lithium-ion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-MB18V cordless mixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-BAT18V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e store it half charged if you are not going to use it for weeks, and never leave it in the sun inside the van: heat is what shortens the life of a lithium battery the most. To recharge it, use the mixer's own 18 V charger. If you use the mixer every day, two batteries in rotation are the simplest way not to lose a single minute of your working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machine is this battery for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the replacement battery for the 18 V cordless mixer, model CE-MB18V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich charger do I use to charge it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18 V charger of the CE-MB18V mixer, which is also available as a spare part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its capacity and voltage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an 18 V, 4.0 Ah lithium-ion battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it worth having a second battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you mix several batches in a row: while one is working the other is charging, so you never have to stop mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store it when not in use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it in a cool, dry place, half charged, and avoid leaving it in the sun or in a hot vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machine is this battery for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the replacement battery for the 18 V cordless mixer, model CE-MB18V.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which charger do I use to charge it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 18 V charger of the CE-MB18V mixer, which is also available as a spare part.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are its capacity and voltage?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is an 18 V, 4.0 Ah lithium-ion battery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it worth having a second battery?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, if you mix several batches in a row: while one is working the other is charging, so you never have to stop mixing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store it when not in use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep it in a cool, dry place, half charged, and avoid leaving it in the sun or in a hot vehicle.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641423384923,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-BAT18V","price":44.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bateria-litio-18v-4ah-mezcladora-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864983"},{"product_id":"cargador-18v-mezcladora-bateria","title":"18 V charger for CE-MB18V cordless mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second charging point and your mixer always ready.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement charger for the 18 V batteries of the \u003cstrong\u003eCE-MB18V cordless mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use it to replace the original charger if it is lost or damaged, or to keep one permanently in the workshop and another in the van.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with a second battery, you can charge one while working with the other and never have to stop mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the CE-BAT18V batteries of the CE-MB18V mixer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo charging points:\u003c\/strong\u003e one in the workshop and another on site or in the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous work:\u003c\/strong\u003e together with a second battery, zero downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e no need to change machines if you lose the charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the original charger of the CE-MB18V mixer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetting up a second charging base on site or in the van.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork teams using several 18 V mixer batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy have a spare charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lost or faulty charger leaves the mixer idle even if the battery is fine. With a spare, or with two charging points, the machine is always ready: leave one in the workshop and another in the van and charge the batteries wherever you are working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-BAT18V battery of the CE-MB18V mixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE-CARGADOR18V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e charge the battery at room temperature, never straight after working in full sun, and keep the charger in a ventilated place free of cement dust: dirt on the contacts is the most common cause of failed charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich batteries does it charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18 V batteries of the CE-MB18V mixer (reference CE-BAT18V).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge while I work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a second battery you can charge one while using the other in the mixer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with other tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for the CE-MB18V mixer batteries; for other machines, check compatibility in their manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is the charger only. The 18 V, 4.0 Ah battery is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is it best used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry, ventilated place protected from dust, such as the workshop or inside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which batteries does it charge?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 18 V batteries of the CE-MB18V mixer (reference CE-BAT18V).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I charge while I work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, with a second battery you can charge one while using the other in the mixer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used with other tools?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is intended for the CE-MB18V mixer batteries; for other machines, check compatibility in their manual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it include a battery?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is the charger only. The 18 V, 4.0 Ah battery is sold separately.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is it best used?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In a dry, ventilated place protected from dust, such as the workshop or inside the vehicle.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641423483227,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-CARGADOR18V","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cargador-18v-mezcladora-bateria-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793864992"},{"product_id":"tirolesa-metalica-gotele-estuco","title":"Metal Tyrolean machine for texture and render","description":"\u003cp\u003eNeed to apply a sprayed texture or render and have no compressor to hand? The \u003cb\u003emetal Tyrolean machine for texture and render\u003c\/b\u003e is the classic hand tool: load the mix, turn the handle and throw a \u003cb\u003erough, even finish\u003c\/b\u003e onto walls, both \u003cb\u003eindoors and outdoors\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cb\u003emetal\u003c\/b\u003e body is tough enough for site work and the \u003cb\u003eergonomic handle\u003c\/b\u003e reduces fatigue during use. When the roller wears, a \u003cb\u003ereplacement roller\u003c\/b\u003e is available separately, so the machine lasts you many jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is perfect for repairing textured areas, matching sections after a refurbishment or adding texture to façades and walls without pneumatic equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNo compressor:\u003c\/b\u003e works fully manually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIndoors and outdoors:\u003c\/b\u003e for texture and render on walls and façades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMetal body:\u003c\/b\u003e stands up to site work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eErgonomic handle:\u003c\/b\u003e less fatigue on large sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReplacement roller available:\u003c\/b\u003e long tool life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextured finishes on walls and ceilings in homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayed render on façades and walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing and matching textured areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative textures indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOperation:\u003c\/b\u003e manual, by crank handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e texture and render indoors and outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHandle:\u003c\/b\u003e ergonomic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpare part:\u003c\/b\u003e replacement roller available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e always test the consistency of the mix on cardboard before starting: a runnier mix gives fine droplets, a thicker one coarse droplets. Turn the handle at a steady pace for an even finish and wash the machine with water when you finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is used for texture and render both indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the replacement roller is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a hand tool operated by turning the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I control the droplet size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the consistency of the mix and the turning speed: a runnier mix gives finer droplets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith water, as soon as you finish, so the compound doesn't dry on the roller or in the hopper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for outdoor use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is used for texture and render both indoors and outdoors.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are spare parts available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the replacement roller is sold separately.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it need a compressor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is a hand tool operated by turning the handle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I control the droplet size?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With the consistency of the mix and the turning speed: a runnier mix gives finer droplets.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"With water, as soon as you finish, so the compound doesn't dry on the roller or in the hopper.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641424564571,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-TIROLESA","price":18.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/tirolesa-metalica-gotele-estuco-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865025"},{"product_id":"rulo-recambio-tirolesa-gotele","title":"Replacement roller for Tyrolean texture machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhen the Tyrolean machine starts throwing an irregular droplet or leaves areas uncovered, the culprit is almost always a worn roller. With this \u003cb\u003ereplacement roller for the Tyrolean texture machine\u003c\/b\u003e you change it in no time and the tool \u003cb\u003eworks like new again\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the specific spare for the \u003cb\u003eCA-TIROLESA metal Tyrolean machine for texture and render\u003c\/b\u003e. An inexpensive part that saves you buying a complete machine and keeps the finish \u003cb\u003eeven\u003c\/b\u003e across the whole wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is worth keeping a spare on site: if the roller breaks or wears in the middle of a job, you change it and carry on spraying with the same texture, with no difference in finish between sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRestores the spray pattern:\u003c\/b\u003e even droplets once again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpecific spare:\u003c\/b\u003e for the CA-TIROLESA Tyrolean machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAffordable:\u003c\/b\u003e much cheaper than a new Tyrolean machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQuick change:\u003c\/b\u003e no special tools required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConsistent finish:\u003c\/b\u003e the same droplet across the whole surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing the worn roller of the Tyrolean machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool maintenance between jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayed texture and render indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouching up areas with the same finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e replacement roller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e CA-TIROLESA metal Tyrolean machine for texture and render\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e spraying texture and render\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e wash the Tyrolean machine and the roller with water at the end of each day: dried compound hardens the roller and wears it out sooner. Turn the handle at a steady pace so the droplets come out evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tyrolean machine is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the CA-TIROLESA metal Tyrolean machine for texture and render.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it need replacing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the roller is worn and the droplets come out irregular or the spray pattern loses uniformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it can be replaced in a few minutes without special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I make it last longer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy washing it with water when you finish, before the compound dries on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for other Tyrolean machines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the CA-TIROLESA; for other models, check the dimensions and fixing before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which Tyrolean machine is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For the CA-TIROLESA metal Tyrolean machine for texture and render.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When does it need replacing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"When the roller is worn and the droplets come out irregular or the spray pattern loses uniformity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it difficult to change?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it can be replaced in a few minutes without special tools.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How can I make it last longer?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"By washing it with water when you finish, before the compound dries on it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for other Tyrolean machines?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for the CA-TIROLESA; for other models, check the dimensions and fixing before buying.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641424826715,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-RULO","price":4.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/rulo-recambio-tirolesa-gotele-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865035"},{"product_id":"equilibrador-carga-herramientas","title":"Tool load balancer with aluminium housing","description":"\u003cp\u003eAt an assembly station, holding the tool all day is tiring and reduces precision. The \u003cb\u003eload balancer\u003c\/b\u003e (spring balancer) hangs the tool above the workstation and \u003cb\u003eoffsets its weight\u003c\/b\u003e: you move it effortlessly and, when you let go, it stays where it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight, tough \u003cb\u003ealuminium\u003c\/b\u003e housing, \u003cb\u003estainless steel cable\u003c\/b\u003e and three suspension points. Four capacities, from \u003cb\u003e0.4 to 14 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, with a travel of 1.6 or 2.5 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLess fatigue:\u003c\/b\u003e the operator does not bear the weight of the tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMore precision:\u003c\/b\u003e the tool floats and can be positioned smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTidy workstation:\u003c\/b\u003e the tool returns to its place by itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust:\u003c\/b\u003e aluminium housing and stainless steel cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFour capacities:\u003c\/b\u003e choose according to the actual weight of your tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly lines and series production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePneumatic and electric screwdrivers at fixed workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacking stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops with tools hanging above the bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCapacities:\u003c\/b\u003e 0.4-1 kg · 1-2 kg · 2-4 kg · 10-14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable travel:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.6 m (0.4-1 and 1-2 kg) · 2.5 m (2-4 and 10-14 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHousing:\u003c\/b\u003e aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable:\u003c\/b\u003e stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSuspension points:\u003c\/b\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight:\u003c\/b\u003e 3.2 kg (2-4 kg) · 3.6 kg packed (10-14 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e choose the model whose range includes the weight of the tool \u003cb\u003ewith its hose or cable\u003c\/b\u003e, and adjust the spring until it floats. Never use it beyond its capacity or for lifting loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🔧 How to get the most out of it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the cable and suspension point regularly, and adjust the tension every time you change tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeigh the tool with its hose and choose the model whose range includes that weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much cable travel does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6 m on the 0.4-1 and 1-2 kg models; 2.5 m on the 2-4 and 10-14 kg models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to lift loads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a balancer for tools, not a hoist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium housing and stainless steel cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it maintained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the cable regularly, lubricate the moving parts and clean the housing with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I choose the capacity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Weigh the tool with its hose and choose the model whose range includes that weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much cable travel does it have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.6 m on the 0.4-1 and 1-2 kg models; 2.5 m on the 2-4 and 10-14 kg models.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used to lift loads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is a balancer for tools, not a hoist.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aluminium housing and stainless steel cable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it maintained?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check the cable regularly, lubricate the moving parts and clean the housing with a dry cloth.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"0,4-1 kg · 1,6 m","offer_id":54641431314779,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-630","price":31.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1-2 kg · 1,6 m","offer_id":54641431347547,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-631","price":39.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-4 kg · 2,5 m","offer_id":54641431380315,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-633","price":86.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10-14 kg · 2,5 m","offer_id":54641431413083,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-637","price":112.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/equilibrador-carga-herramientas-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865270"},{"product_id":"cargador-baterias-12-24v-20a-amperimetro","title":"12 V \/ 24 V 20 A battery charger with ammeter","description":"\u003cp\u003eBattery charger for \u003cb\u003eprofessional and domestic use\u003c\/b\u003e, for \u003cb\u003e12 V and 24 V\u003c\/b\u003e batteries in cars, vans, tractors and machinery. With \u003cb\u003e450 W\u003c\/b\u003e and up to \u003cb\u003e20 A\u003c\/b\u003e maximum current, it charges batteries from \u003cb\u003e20 to 180 Ah\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt lets you choose \u003cb\u003eslow or fast charging\u003c\/b\u003e, features an \u003cb\u003eammeter\u003c\/b\u003e to monitor the charge and is protected by \u003cb\u003ethermal protection and a 20 A fuse\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e12 V and 24 V:\u003c\/b\u003e a single charger for cars, vans, light lorries and machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSlow or fast charging:\u003c\/b\u003e slow to look after the battery, fast when you are in a hurry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAmmeter:\u003c\/b\u003e you can see how the charge is progressing at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeveral battery types:\u003c\/b\u003e AGM, GEL, MF, EFB and Pb-Ca.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtected:\u003c\/b\u003e thermal protection and 20 A fuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharging batteries in cars, vans and large motorcycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining batteries in tractors, agricultural and construction machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical workshops and fleets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomestic use in the garage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMains voltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower:\u003c\/b\u003e 450 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCharging voltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 12 V \/ 24 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEffective charging current:\u003c\/b\u003e 8 A (12 V) \/ 12 A (24 V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum current:\u003c\/b\u003e 20 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBattery capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e 20 to 180 Ah\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBattery types:\u003c\/b\u003e AGM, GEL, MF, EFB and Pb-Ca (lead-acid)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModes:\u003c\/b\u003e slow and fast charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtection:\u003c\/b\u003e thermal and 20 A fuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIndicator:\u003c\/b\u003e ammeter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/b\u003e 16 x 29 x 25 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight including packaging:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts great advantage is its \u003cb\u003eversatility\u003c\/b\u003e: with the same charger you can look after the battery of the family car, the delivery van or the tractor, always within its 20 to 180 Ah range. Select the voltage, choose slow or fast charging and follow the progress on the ammeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e use \u003cb\u003eslow charging\u003c\/b\u003e whenever you can: it extends battery life. Save fast charging for when you need it right away and make sure the battery does not overheat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich batteries can it charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 V and 24 V lead-acid batteries (AGM, GEL, MF, EFB and Pb-Ca) from 20 to 180 Ah.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to start the car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a charger only. If you need starting capability, we also stock battery chargers and starters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does it take to charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the capacity and condition of the battery; the ammeter shows you when the current drops at the end of the charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for lithium batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is designed for lead-acid batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much power does it draw?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e450 W at 230 V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which batteries can it charge?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"12 V and 24 V lead-acid batteries (AGM, GEL, MF, EFB and Pb-Ca) from 20 to 180 Ah.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used to start the car?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is a charger only. If you need starting capability, we also stock battery chargers and starters.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does it take to charge?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on the capacity and condition of the battery; the ammeter shows you when the current drops at the end of the charge.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for lithium batteries?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is designed for lead-acid batteries.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much power does it draw?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"450 W at 230 V.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641433117019,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FENIX21","price":57.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cargador-baterias-12-24v-20a-amperimetro-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865364"},{"product_id":"cargador-arrancador-baterias-12-24v-taller","title":"12 V \/ 24 V battery charger and starter for workshops","description":"\u003cp\u003eCharge the battery and, if needed, \u003cb\u003estart the vehicle straight away\u003c\/b\u003e. These \u003cb\u003eprofessional battery chargers and starters\u003c\/b\u003e work with \u003cb\u003e12 V and 24 V\u003c\/b\u003e lead-acid batteries and are designed for workshops servicing cars, commercial vehicles, lorries and machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree power ratings: \u003cb\u003e130 A starting\u003c\/b\u003e (950 W, 20-450 Ah batteries), \u003cb\u003e300 A\u003c\/b\u003e (1,200 W, 20-700 Ah) and \u003cb\u003e480 A\u003c\/b\u003e (2,200 W, 20-1,050 Ah). All with a \u003cb\u003eslow (MIN) and fast (MAX) charge\u003c\/b\u003e selector and thermal protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCharging and starting:\u003c\/b\u003e recover the battery or start the engine directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e12 V and 24 V:\u003c\/b\u003e cars, vans, lorries, tractors and machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree power ratings:\u003c\/b\u003e 130, 300 or 480 A starting current depending on the type of vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSeveral battery types:\u003c\/b\u003e AGM, GEL, MF, EFB, Pb and Ca.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMIN\/MAX selector:\u003c\/b\u003e slow charge to look after the battery or fast charge when you are in a hurry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThermal protection:\u003c\/b\u003e the unit protects itself against overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical, lorry and agricultural machinery workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle fleets and rental companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting vehicles with a flat battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharging large batteries in industrial vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMains voltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCharging voltage:\u003c\/b\u003e 12 V \/ 24 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e130 A model:\u003c\/b\u003e 950 W · max. charge 45 A (effective 20 A at 12 V \/ 30 A at 24 V) · 20-450 Ah batteries · IP20 · 10 A fuse · 9.5 kg packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e300 A model:\u003c\/b\u003e 1,200 W · max. charge 70 A (effective 40 A at 12 V \/ 50 A at 24 V) · 20-700 Ah batteries · 16 kg packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e480 A model:\u003c\/b\u003e 2,200 W · charge 100 A (effective 60 A at 12 V \/ 70 A at 24 V) · 20-1,050 Ah batteries · 23 kg packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBattery types:\u003c\/b\u003e AGM, GEL, MF, EFB, Pb and Ca (lead-acid)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModes:\u003c\/b\u003e slow charge (MIN) and fast charge (MAX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtection:\u003c\/b\u003e thermal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e before using the starting function, leave the unit charging for a few minutes on \u003cb\u003efast\u003c\/b\u003e with the battery connected: starting will be easier and you will put less strain on the charger and the starter motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e130 A for cars and vans, 300 A for commercial vehicles and medium-sized machinery, and 480 A for lorries, tractors and heavy machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it start a vehicle with a very flat battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what the starting function is for. It is best to give it a few minutes of fast charging first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich batteries does it support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 V and 24 V lead-acid batteries: AGM, GEL, MF, EFB, Pb and Ca.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat power socket does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey run on 230 V; the 480 A model is rated at 2,200 W, so connect it to a socket with sufficient capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for lithium batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is designed for lead-acid batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which model do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"130 A for cars and vans, 300 A for commercial vehicles and medium-sized machinery, and 480 A for lorries, tractors and heavy machinery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it start a vehicle with a very flat battery?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, that is what the starting function is for. It is best to give it a few minutes of fast charging first.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which batteries does it support?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"12 V and 24 V lead-acid batteries: AGM, GEL, MF, EFB, Pb and Ca.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What power socket does it need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They run on 230 V; the 480 A model is rated at 2,200 W, so connect it to a socket with sufficient capacity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for lithium batteries?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is designed for lead-acid batteries.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"45 A charging · 130 A starting","offer_id":54641433903451,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FENIX60S","price":97.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"70 A charging · 300 A starting","offer_id":54641433936219,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FENIX450CAR","price":171.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 A charging · 480 A starting","offer_id":54641433968987,"sku":"CEVIK-CE-FENIX650CAR","price":234.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cargador-arrancador-baterias-12-24v-taller-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793865392"},{"product_id":"aceite-sintetico-motor-4-tiempos-1-litro","title":"Synthetic oil for 4-stroke engines, 1 litre","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe engine in your lawnmower, motor pump or generator runs for many hours at constant speed, cooled only by air. \u003cb\u003eOlipes multigrade synthetic oil for 4-stroke engines\u003c\/b\u003e is a \u003cb\u003ehigh-performance\u003c\/b\u003e lubricant designed for exactly that: protecting \u003cb\u003eair-cooled\u003c\/b\u003e petrol engines under demanding work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt meets \u003cb\u003eAPI SN\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003eJASO MA\/MA2\u003c\/b\u003e specifications and comes in a \u003cb\u003e1-litre\u003c\/b\u003e bottle, just the right amount for an oil change on most garden and site machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeeping the oil at the correct level and changing it on time is what most extends the life of a small petrol engine, especially during the season of heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMultigrade synthetic:\u003c\/b\u003e protection when cold and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh performance:\u003c\/b\u003e for engines under heavy-duty work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAPI SN · JASO MA\/MA2:\u003c\/b\u003e demanding specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFor air-cooled engines:\u003c\/b\u003e lawnmowers, motor pumps, generators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1-litre bottle:\u003c\/b\u003e convenient for a complete change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLawnmowers and rotavators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerators and motor pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight agricultural machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4T petrol engines on compressors and site equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e Olipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e multigrade synthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/b\u003e API SN · JASO MA\/MA2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e air-cooled 4T petrol engines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eContainer:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e check the level with the engine cold and on level ground before each use, and change the oil at the intervals stated in your machine's manual. Collect the used oil and take it to a recycling centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for 2-stroke engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, for 2-stroke mix use a specific 2T oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the engine of a petrol compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if it is an air-cooled 4-stroke petrol engine; check the engine manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat specifications does it meet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI SN and JASO MA\/MA2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I change the oil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the hours of use stated in your machine's manual; check the level before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a compressor crankcase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, for compressors use specific compressor oil; this oil is for 4-stroke petrol engines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for 2-stroke engines?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, for 2-stroke mix use a specific 2T oil.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for the engine of a petrol compressor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, if it is an air-cooled 4-stroke petrol engine; check the engine manual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What specifications does it meet?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"API SN and JASO MA\/MA2.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should I change the oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"According to the hours of use stated in your machine's manual; check the level before each use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for a compressor crankcase?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, for compressors use specific compressor oil; this oil is for 4-stroke petrol engines.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Bottle · 1 litre","offer_id":54641460576603,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-710340101","price":10.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/aceite-sintetico-motor-4-tiempos-1-litro-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793866302"},{"product_id":"aceite-sintetico-motor-2-tiempos-1-litro","title":"Synthetic oil for 2-stroke engines, 1 litre","description":"\u003cp\u003eA 2-stroke engine runs at very high revs and very hot, and its only protection is the oil in the mix. \u003cb\u003eOlipes synthetic oil for 2-stroke engines\u003c\/b\u003e is formulated for \u003cb\u003eair-cooled petrol engines under heavy-duty work\u003c\/b\u003e: it \u003cb\u003eprotects against wear and seizure\u003c\/b\u003e at high temperatures and revs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt also \u003cb\u003eburns cleaner with less smoke\u003c\/b\u003e, reducing deposits on the spark plug and exhaust. It meets \u003cb\u003eAPI TC \/ TC+, ISO L-EGD and JASO FD\u003c\/b\u003e specifications and comes in a \u003cb\u003e1-litre\u003c\/b\u003e bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a good mixing oil is the cheapest way to protect a chainsaw or brushcutter: a seizure caused by poor lubrication costs far more than years of quality oil. Keep the bottle tightly closed and away from heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSynthetic:\u003c\/b\u003e maximum protection under heavy-duty work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAgainst seizure:\u003c\/b\u003e protects at high temperatures and high revs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLess smoke:\u003c\/b\u003e cleaner combustion and fewer deposits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDemanding specifications:\u003c\/b\u003e API TC \/ TC+ · ISO L-EGD · JASO FD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSuitable for 4-Mix:\u003c\/b\u003e according to the manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it's for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChainsaws and brushcutters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-stroke lawnmowers, hedge trimmers and blowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable generators and olive harvesters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-Mix engines and karts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBrand:\u003c\/b\u003e Olipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType:\u003c\/b\u003e synthetic 2T\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/b\u003e API TC \/ TC+ · ISO L-EGD · JASO FD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e air-cooled 2-stroke petrol engines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eContainer:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Vetonek tip:\u003c\/b\u003e always follow the mixing ratio specified by your machine's manufacturer and only prepare as much mix as you will use within a few weeks: mixed petrol deteriorates. Shake the can before each refuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat mixing ratio should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one stated in your machine's manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for 4-Mix engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, according to the manufacturer it is suitable for 4-Mix engines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat machines is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChainsaws, lawnmowers, portable generators, brushcutters, hedge trimmers, blowers, olive harvesters, 4-Mix engines and karts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat specifications does it meet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI TC \/ TC+, ISO L-EGD and JASO FD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for 4-stroke engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, 4-stroke engines use their own crankcase oil; use a specific 4T oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What mixing ratio should I use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The one stated in your machine's manual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for 4-Mix engines?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, according to the manufacturer it is suitable for 4-Mix engines.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What machines is it suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chainsaws, lawnmowers, portable generators, brushcutters, hedge trimmers, blowers, olive harvesters, 4-Mix engines and karts.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What specifications does it meet?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"API TC \/ TC+, ISO L-EGD and JASO FD.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it suitable for 4-stroke engines?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, 4-stroke engines use their own crankcase oil; use a specific 4T oil.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Bottle · 1 litre","offer_id":54641460969819,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-7110101","price":9.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/aceite-sintetico-motor-2-tiempos-1-litro-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793866323"},{"product_id":"enrollador-cable-electrico-15-m","title":"15 m electric cable reel with thermal protection","description":"\u003cp\u003eTake power wherever you need it without extension leads across the floor: this \u003cb\u003ecable reel\u003c\/b\u003e fixes to the wall with its \u003cb\u003emetal bracket\u003c\/b\u003e, you pull out as much cable as you need and wind it back in when you finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cb\u003e15 m of 3G 1.5 mm² cable\u003c\/b\u003e, type H05VV-F (live, neutral and earth) with a \u003cb\u003eplug\u003c\/b\u003e, and a \u003cb\u003ethermal overload system\u003c\/b\u003e that cuts out if the cable overheats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e15 m of cable:\u003c\/b\u003e reach any point in the workshop or garage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3G 1.5 mm² cable:\u003c\/b\u003e earthed, for workshop tools and machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThermal protection:\u003c\/b\u003e cuts out in the event of overheating overloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMetal wall bracket:\u003c\/b\u003e fixed and always to hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTidy workshop:\u003c\/b\u003e no extension leads or cables across the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ What it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarages and storerooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial units and work areas without nearby sockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle cleaning and washing bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable length:\u003c\/b\u003e 15 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable type:\u003c\/b\u003e 3G 1.5 mm² H05VV-F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConnection:\u003c\/b\u003e plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProtection:\u003c\/b\u003e thermal overload system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting:\u003c\/b\u003e metal wall bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Pro tip:\u003c\/b\u003e if you are going to connect high-power machines, \u003cb\u003eunwind the whole cable\u003c\/b\u003e: when wound up it heats up much more and the thermal protection trips prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🔧 How to get the most out of it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways unwind the full cable when you are going to connect high-consumption equipment, such as angle grinders, mixers or welders: a wound cable heats up more. Fix the bracket to a solid wall close to the work point, avoid treading on or crushing the cable with wheels or loads and, if the thermal protection trips, let it cool down and reduce the load before using it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power can it handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on whether the cable is unwound or not; check the label on the reel and unwind it fully for high loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it earthed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cable has three conductors (3G), including earth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if it is overloaded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thermal system cuts off the power to protect the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is fixed to the wall with its metal bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it for compressed air?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is an electric cable reel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What power can it handle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on whether the cable is unwound or not; check the label on the reel and unwind it fully for high loads.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it earthed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the cable has three conductors (3G), including earth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if it is overloaded?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The thermal system cuts off the power to protect the cable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it installed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is fixed to the wall with its metal bracket.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it for compressed air?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, it is an electric cable reel.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vica Work","offers":[{"title":"Unit","offer_id":54641466605915,"sku":"CEVIK-CA-4315-GS","price":235.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/enrollador-cable-electrico-15-m-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1793866538"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/collections\/polipasto-electrico-cable-polea-vica-work-1.jpg?v=1794128155","url":"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/maquinaria-recambios-taller.oembed?page=2","provider":"Vetonek","version":"1.0","type":"link"}